grepcent / static financial knowledge base

Quad/Graphics, Inc. (QUAD)

CIK: 0001481792. SIC: 2750 Commercial Printing. Latest 10-K as of: 2026-02-18.

SIC breadcrumb: Manufacturing > SIC Major Group 27 > SIC 2750 Commercial Printing

SEC company page: https://www.sec.gov/edgar/browse/?CIK=1481792. Latest filing source: 0001481792-26-000042.

Informational only - descriptive public-record data, not investment advice.

Business

Read QUAD's verbatim Item 1 Business section from its latest 10-K: Business.

Risk Factors

Read QUAD's verbatim Item 1A Risk Factors from its latest 10-K: Risk Factors.

Selected Fundamentals

MetricValueUnitFYFiled
Revenue2,419,900,000USD20252026-02-18
Net income27,000,000USD20252026-02-18
Assets1,252,900,000USD20252026-02-18

Financials

Annual standardized facts from SEC companyfacts as of latest extracted filing date 2026-02-18. Source: https://data.sec.gov/api/xbrl/companyfacts/CIK0001481792.json. Derived margins, ratios, and free cash flow are computed from the extracted annual SEC facts.

Download these verified figures (annual + quarterly, with per-value filing provenance): JSON · CSV

Flow metrics use full-year FY periods from 10-K/10-K/A filings; balance-sheet metrics use FY-end instants. Free cash flow = operating cash flow - capital expenditures. Missing metrics are omitted rather than fabricated.

Metric201420152016201720182019202020212022202320242025
Revenue4,329,500,0003,951,200,0003,985,800,0003,923,400,0002,929,600,0002,960,400,0003,217,000,0002,957,700,0002,672,200,0002,419,900,000
Net income44,900,000107,200,0007,900,000-156,300,000-128,500,00037,800,0009,300,000-55,400,000-50,900,00027,000,000
Operating income117,300,000172,800,00087,300,00034,700,000-46,000,00092,800,00053,500,00025,700,00019,200,00097,000,000
Diluted EPS0.902.070.16-3.12-2.530.710.18-1.14-1.070.54
Operating cash flow353,600,000344,000,000260,600,000155,500,000190,200,000136,500,000154,600,000147,600,000112,900,00095,900,000
Capital expenditures106,100,00085,900,00096,300,000111,000,00061,000,00050,000,00060,300,00070,800,00057,200,00045,200,000
Dividends paid61,100,00062,500,00062,900,00057,100,0009,500,0001,400,0001,400,000100,0009,400,00014,400,000
Share buybacks0.008,800,0003,800,00036,700,0000.000.0010,000,00012,600,0000.008,000,000
Assets2,570,100,0002,452,400,0002,469,100,0002,417,100,0001,927,700,0001,890,000,0001,701,800,0001,509,700,0001,299,000,0001,252,900,000
Liabilities2,128,600,0001,930,000,0002,008,900,0002,172,800,0001,842,900,0001,753,200,0001,528,900,0001,390,200,0001,249,100,0001,124,300,000
Stockholders' equity1,152,500,000441,500,000522,400,000442,500,000226,600,00084,100,000136,800,000-117,600,000-131,200,000-59,500,000
Cash and cash equivalents19,200,00064,400,00069,500,00078,700,00055,200,000179,900,00025,200,00052,900,00029,200,00063,300,000
Free cash flow247,500,000258,100,000164,300,00044,500,000129,200,00086,500,00094,300,00076,800,00055,700,00050,700,000

Ratios

ROE and ROA use period-end equity/assets. Liabilities / equity uses total liabilities divided by stockholders' equity. Current ratio uses current assets divided by current liabilities when both are reported.

Metric201420152016201720182019202020212022202320242025
Net margin1.04%2.71%0.20%-3.98%-4.39%1.28%0.29%-1.87%-1.90%1.12%
Operating margin2.71%4.37%2.19%0.88%-1.57%3.13%1.66%0.87%0.72%4.01%
Return on assets1.75%4.37%0.32%-6.47%-6.67%2.00%0.55%-3.67%-3.92%2.16%
Current ratio1.171.221.111.120.990.850.890.740.760.86

Industry Peer Context

Each number-line places QUAD against the min, median, and max of latest reported values among companies in the same SIC industry when at least three peers report that ratio.

Net margin peer context

QUAD Net margin versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 2750; peer count 3.QUAD Net margin versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 2750; peer count 3.3 SIC peersMin 0.4%Median 1.1%Max 2.8%QUAD 1.1%

Operating margin peer context

QUAD Operating margin versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 2750; peer count 3.QUAD Operating margin versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 2750; peer count 3.3 SIC peersMin 4.0%Median 6.6%Max 10.1%QUAD 4.0%

ROA peer context

QUAD ROA versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 2750; peer count 3.QUAD ROA versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 2750; peer count 3.3 SIC peersMin 0.8%Median 2.2%Max 3.7%QUAD 2.2%

Financial Bridges

Waterfall figures reconcile reported SEC companyfacts components. Missing bridges are omitted when required components are not present for the same fiscal year.

Free cash flow = operating cash flow - capital expenditures

QUAD FY2025 free cash flow bridge from reported figures.QUAD FY2025 free cash flow bridge from reported figures.QUAD free cash flow bridgeFY2025: operating cash flow less capital expendituresSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Free cash flow bridgeReported amount$0.0B$125.0M$250.0M$95.9MOperating cash flow-$45.2MCapex$50.7MFree cash flow

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts FY 2025. Operating cash flow: accession 0001481792-26-000042; concept NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities; source concepts us-gaap:NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities | Capital expenditures: accession 0001481792-26-000042; concept PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment; source concepts us-gaap:PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment | Free cash flow: accession 0001481792-26-000042; concept NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities - PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment; source concepts us-gaap:NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities; us-gaap:PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment

Financial Charts

QUAD revenue, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.QUAD revenue, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.QUAD RevenueLatest point: FY2025 = $2.4BSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearReported revenue$0.0B$2.0B$4.0BFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001481792-26-000042; filed 2026-02-18. Concept: RevenueFromContractWithCustomerExcludingAssessedTax. Source concepts: us-gaap:RevenueFromContractWithCustomerExcludingAssessedTax.

QUAD net income, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.QUAD net income, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.QUAD Net incomeLatest point: FY2025 = $27.0MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearNet income-$250.0M$0.0B$250.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001481792-26-000042; filed 2026-02-18. Concept: ProfitLoss. Source concepts: us-gaap:ProfitLoss.

QUAD operating income, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.QUAD operating income, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.QUAD Operating incomeLatest point: FY2025 = $97.0MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearOperating income$0.0B$125.0M$250.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001481792-26-000042; filed 2026-02-18. Concept: OperatingIncomeLoss. Source concepts: us-gaap:OperatingIncomeLoss.

QUAD diluted eps, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.QUAD diluted eps, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.QUAD Diluted EPSLatest point: FY2025 = $0.54/shareSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearDiluted EPS (USD/share)-$1.50/share$0.00/share$1.00/shareFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001481792-26-000042; filed 2026-02-18. Concept: EarningsPerShareDiluted. Source concepts: us-gaap:EarningsPerShareDiluted.

QUAD operating cash flow, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.QUAD operating cash flow, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.QUAD Operating cash flowLatest point: FY2025 = $95.9MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearOperating cash flow$0.0B$125.0M$250.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001481792-26-000042; filed 2026-02-18. Concept: NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities. Source concepts: us-gaap:NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities.

QUAD capital expenditures, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.QUAD capital expenditures, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.QUAD Capital expendituresLatest point: FY2025 = $45.2MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearCapital expenditures$0.0B$125.0M$250.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001481792-26-000042; filed 2026-02-18. Concept: PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment. Source concepts: us-gaap:PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment.

QUAD dividends paid, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.QUAD dividends paid, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.QUAD Dividends paidLatest point: FY2025 = $14.4MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearDividends paid$0.0B$125.0M$250.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001481792-26-000042; filed 2026-02-18. Concept: PaymentsOfDividends. Source concepts: us-gaap:PaymentsOfDividends.

QUAD share buybacks, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.QUAD share buybacks, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.QUAD Share buybacksLatest point: FY2025 = $8.0MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearShare buybacks$0.0B$125.0M$250.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001481792-26-000042; filed 2026-02-18. Concept: PaymentsForRepurchaseOfCommonStock. Source concepts: us-gaap:PaymentsForRepurchaseOfCommonStock.

QUAD assets, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.QUAD assets, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.QUAD AssetsLatest point: FY2025 = $1.3BSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearAssets$0.0B$1.0B$2.0BFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001481792-26-000042; filed 2026-02-18. Concept: Assets. Source concepts: us-gaap:Assets.

QUAD liabilities, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.QUAD liabilities, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.QUAD LiabilitiesLatest point: FY2025 = $1.1BSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearLiabilities$0.0B$1.0B$2.0BFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001481792-26-000042; filed 2026-02-18. Concept: Liabilities. Source concepts: us-gaap:Liabilities.

QUAD stockholders' equity, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.QUAD stockholders' equity, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.QUAD Stockholders' equityLatest point: FY2025 = -$59.5MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearStockholders' equity-$250.0M$0.0B$250.0MFY2020FY2021FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001481792-26-000042; filed 2026-02-18. Concept: StockholdersEquity. Source concepts: us-gaap:StockholdersEquity.

QUAD cash and cash equivalents, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.QUAD cash and cash equivalents, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.QUAD Cash and cash equivalentsLatest point: FY2025 = $63.3MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearCash and cash equivalents$0.0B$125.0M$250.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001481792-26-000042; filed 2026-02-18. Concept: CashAndCashEquivalentsAtCarryingValue. Source concepts: us-gaap:CashAndCashEquivalentsAtCarryingValue.

QUAD free cash flow, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.QUAD free cash flow, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.QUAD Free cash flowLatest point: FY2025 = $50.7MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearFree cash flow$0.0B$125.0M$250.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001481792-26-000042; filed 2026-02-18. Concept: NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities - PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment. Source concepts: us-gaap:NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities; us-gaap:PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment.

Quarterly

Quarterly standardized facts from SEC companyfacts as of latest extracted filing date 2026-04-29. Source: https://data.sec.gov/api/xbrl/companyfacts/CIK0001481792.json.

Flow metrics use discrete quarter-length periods from 10-Q/10-Q/A filings. Q4 revenue and net income are derived only when annual FY and nine-month YTD facts exist for the same fiscal year; derived Q4 values are labeled. EPS Q4 is not derived.

QuarterEnd DateRevenueNet IncomeDiluted EPSMethod
2022-Q22022-06-305,300,0000.10reported discrete quarter
2022-Q32022-09-3013,700,0000.27reported discrete quarter
2023-Q12023-03-31-24,600,000-0.50reported discrete quarter
2023-Q22023-03-31-24,600,000reported discrete quarter
2023-Q22023-06-30703,100,000-0.12reported discrete quarter
2023-Q32023-06-30-6,100,000reported discrete quarter
2023-Q32023-09-30700,200,000-0.06reported discrete quarter
2023-Q42023-12-31787,900,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2024-Q12024-03-31654,800,000-28,100,000-0.60reported discrete quarter
2024-Q22024-03-31-28,100,000reported discrete quarter
2024-Q22024-06-30634,200,000-0.06reported discrete quarter
2024-Q32024-06-30-2,800,000reported discrete quarter
2024-Q32024-09-30674,800,000-0.52reported discrete quarter
2024-Q42024-12-31708,400,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2025-Q12025-03-31629,400,0005,800,0000.11reported discrete quarter
2025-Q22025-03-315,800,000reported discrete quarter
2025-Q22025-06-30571,900,0000.00reported discrete quarter
2025-Q32025-06-30-100,000reported discrete quarter
2025-Q32025-09-30588,000,0000.21reported discrete quarter
2025-Q42025-12-31630,600,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2026-Q12026-03-31581,000,0006,200,0000.13reported discrete quarter

Quarterly Charts

QUAD quarterly revenue, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.QUAD quarterly revenue, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.QUAD Quarterly RevenueLatest point: 2026-Q1 = $581.0MSource: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.Fiscal quarterQuarterly Revenue$0.0B$500.0M$1.0B2023-Q22023-Q32023-Q42024-Q12024-Q22024-Q32024-Q42025-Q12025-Q22025-Q32025-Q42026-Q1

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-03-31; accession 0001481792-26-000092; filed 2026-04-29. Concept: RevenueFromContractWithCustomerExcludingAssessedTax. Source concepts: us-gaap:RevenueFromContractWithCustomerExcludingAssessedTax.

QUAD quarterly net income, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.QUAD quarterly net income, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.QUAD Quarterly Net incomeLatest point: 2026-Q1 = $6.2MSource: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.Fiscal quarterQuarterly Net income-$250.0M$0.0B$250.0M2022-Q22022-Q32023-Q12023-Q22023-Q32024-Q12024-Q22024-Q32025-Q12025-Q22025-Q32026-Q1

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-03-31; accession 0001481792-26-000092; filed 2026-04-29. Concept: NetIncomeLoss. Source concepts: us-gaap:NetIncomeLoss.

QUAD quarterly diluted eps, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.QUAD quarterly diluted eps, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.QUAD Quarterly Diluted EPSLatest point: 2026-Q1 = $0.13/shareSource: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.Fiscal quarterQuarterly Diluted EPS (USD/share)-$1.00/share$0.00/share$0.50/share2022-Q22022-Q32023-Q12023-Q22023-Q32024-Q12024-Q22024-Q32025-Q12025-Q22025-Q32026-Q1

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-03-31; accession 0001481792-26-000092; filed 2026-04-29. Concept: EarningsPerShareDiluted. Source concepts: us-gaap:EarningsPerShareDiluted.

Macro Cross-References

Latest quarter (10-Q)

Latest 10-Q source: 0001481792-26-000130.

Extracted from Part I Item 2 to the first post-MD&A boundary after HTML sanitization. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2026-07-29. Report date: 2026-06-30.

ITEM 2.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion of the financial condition and results of operations of Quad should be read together with (1) the condensed consolidated financial statements for the three and six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, including the notes thereto, included in Item 1, “Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited),” of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q; and (2) the audited consolidated annual financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2025, and notes thereto included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on February 18, 2026.

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is provided as a supplement to the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes to help provide an understanding of the Company’s financial condition, the changes in the Company’s financial condition and the Company’s results of operations. This discussion and analysis is organized as follows:

•Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.

•Overview. This section includes a general description of the Company’s business and segments, an overview of key performance metrics the Company’s management measures and utilizes to evaluate business performance, and an overview of trends affecting the Company, including management’s actions related to the trends.

•Results of Operations. This section contains an analysis of the Company’s results of operations by comparing the results for (1) the three months ended June 30, 2026, to the three months ended June 30, 2025; and (2) the six months ended June 30, 2026, to the six months ended June 30, 2025. The comparability of the Company’s results of operations between periods was impacted by the divestiture of the Company's European operations, which were sold on February 28, 2025, and the acquisition of the Enru co-mail assets, which were acquired on April 1, 2025. The results of operations of the divested operations are included in the Company’s condensed consolidated results until the date of disposition and the results of operations of the acquired operations are included in the Company’s condensed consolidated results from the date of acquisition. Forward-looking statements providing a general description of recent and projected industry and Company developments that are important to understanding the Company’s results of operations are included in this section. This section also provides a discussion of EBITDA and EBITDA margin, financial measures that the Company uses to assess the performance of its business that are not prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).

•Liquidity and Capital Resources. This section provides an analysis of the Company’s capitalization, cash flows and a discussion of outstanding debt and commitments. Forward-looking statements important to understanding the Company’s financial condition are included in this section. This section also provides a discussion of Free Cash Flow, Net Debt Leverage Ratio and Adjusted EBITDA, non-GAAP financial measures that the Company uses to assess liquidity and capital allocation and deployment.

29

Table of Contents

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

To the extent any statements in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q contain information that is not historical, these statements are forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. These forward-looking statements relate to, among other things, the objectives, goals, strategies, beliefs, intentions, plans, estimates, prospects, projections and outlook of the Company, and can generally be identified by the use of words such as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “intend,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “foresee,” “project,” “believe” or “continue” or the negatives of these terms, variations on them and other similar expressions. In addition, any statements that refer to expectations, projections or other characterizations of future events or circumstances are forward-looking statements.

These forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors, some of which are beyond the control of the Company. These risks, uncertainties and other factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by those forward-looking statements. Among risks, uncertainties and other factors that may impact Quad are those described in Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” of the Company’s 2025 Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on February 18, 2026, as such may be amended or supplemented in Part II, Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” of the Company’s subsequently filed Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q (including this report), and the following:

•The impact of increased business complexity as a result of the Company’s transformation to a marketing experience company, including adapting marketing offerings and business processes as required by new markets;

•The impact of decreasing demand for printing services and significant overcapacity in a highly competitive environment creating downward pricing pressures and potential under-utilization of assets;

•The impact of changes in postal rates, service levels or regulations;

•The impact of rapid changes in technology, including artificial intelligence, and the risk the Company is unable to adapt its marketing offerings to compete in this technology-driven environment;

•The impact of increases in its operating costs, including the cost and availability of raw materials (such as paper, ink components and other materials), inventory, parts for equipment, labor, fuel and other energy costs and freight rates, and the risk the Company is unable to pass along such increases to clients;

•The impact macroeconomic conditions, including elevated interest rates, postal rate increases, tariffs, trade restrictions, cost pressures and the price and availability of paper, have had, and may continue to have, on the Company’s business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations (including future uncertain impacts);

•The risk the Company is unable to reduce costs and improve operating efficiency rapidly enough to meet market conditions;

•The impact of a data-breach of sensitive information, ransomware attack or other cyber incident on the Company;

•The fragility and decline in overall distribution channels;

•The failure to attract and retain qualified talent across the enterprise;

•The impact of digital media and similar technological changes, including digital substitution by consumers;

•The failure of clients to perform under contracts or to renew contracts with clients on favorable terms or at all;

•The failure to successfully identify, manage, complete and integrate acquisitions, investment opportunities or other significant transactions, as well as the successful identification and execution of strategic divestitures;

•The impact negative publicity could have on our business and brand reputation;

30

Table of Contents

•The impact of risks associated with the operations outside of the United States (“U.S.”), including trade restrictions, currency fluctuations, the global economy, costs incurred or reputational damage suffered due to improper conduct of its employees, contractors or agents, and geopolitical events like war and terrorism;

•The impact of significant capital expenditures and investments that may be needed to sustain and grow the Company’s platforms, processes, systems, client and product technology, marketing and talent, to remain technologically and economically competitive, and to adapt to future changes, such as artificial intelligence;

•The impact of the various restrictive covenants in the Company’s debt facilities on the Company’s ability to operate its business, as well as the uncertain negative impacts macroeconomic conditions may have on the Company’s ability to continue to be in compliance with these restrictive covenants;

•The impact of an other than temporary decline in operating results and enterprise value that could lead to non-cash impairment charges due to the impairment of property, plant and equipment, goodwill and other intangible assets;

•The impact of regulatory matters and legislative developments or changes in laws, including changes in cyber-security, consumer protection, safety, privacy and environmental laws; and

•The impact on the holders of Quad’s class A common stock of a limited active market for such shares and the inability to independently elect directors or control decisions due to the voting power of the class B common stock.

Quad cautions that the foregoing list of risks, uncertainties and other factors is not exhaustive, and you should carefully consider the other factors detailed from time to time in Quad’s filings with the SEC and other uncertainties and potential events when reviewing the Company’s forward-looking statements.

Because forward-looking statements are subject to assumptions and uncertainties, actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such statements, which speak only as of the date of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q. Except to the extent required by the federal securities laws, Quad undertakes no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

31

Table of Contents

Overview

Business Overview

Quad is a marketing experience, or MX, company that simplifies the complexities of marketing, removing friction from wherever it occurs along the marketing journey. Its results-driven approach enables stronger marketing operations that lead to real, repeatable success for its clients. The Company does this through its MX Solutions Suite, which is flexible, scalable and connected. Quad tailors its solutions to each client’s objectives, driving cost efficiencies, improving speed to market, strengthening marketing effectiveness and delivering value on their investments. Quad employs approximately 10,100 people in 10 countries and serves approximately 2,100 clients, including industry-leading blue-chip companies that serve both businesses and consumers across multiple industry verticals, with a particular focus on commerce, including retail, consumer packaged goods and direct to-consumer; financial services; and health.

Quad’s MX Solutions Suite provides a comprehensive range of marketing and print services, seamlessly integrating creative, production and media solutions across physical and digital channels. Powered by advanced intelligence and technology, this suite empowers brands to connect with their target audiences across households, in-store and online.

MX: Intelligence

Quad’s MX: Intelligence solutions support three distinct categories: research, analytics and data services. The Company’s primary and secondary research helps clients understand their brand health, customer preferences and industry-wide trends. Through its Accelerated Marketing Insights (AMI) offering, Quad also performs pre-market creative and product research and testing services, which are conducted in a variety of virtual and experiential testing environments. To help clients increase the incremental effectiveness of their cross-channel marketing investments, Quad offers an array of media measurement services. These include both deterministic techniques — such as lift-over-control studies — that track real-time campaign results and probabilistic modeling techniques that project outcomes based on consumer demographics and trends. Quad’s data services utilize the Company’s proprietary, house

[Excerpt truncated for page length; source filing is linked above.]

Latest 10-K MD&A

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2026-02-18. Report date: 2025-12-31.

Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion of the financial condition and results of operations of Quad should be read together with Quad’s audited consolidated financial statements for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2025, including the notes thereto, included in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect the Company’s plans, estimates and beliefs. The Company’s actual results could differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” included earlier within this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is provided as a supplement to the Company’s consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes to help provide an understanding of the Company’s financial condition, the changes in the Company’s financial condition and the Company’s results of operations. This discussion and analysis is organized as follows:

•Overview. This section includes a general description of the Company’s business and segments, an overview of key performance metrics the Company’s management measures and utilizes to evaluate business performance, and an overview of trends affecting the Company, including management’s actions related to the trends.

•Results of Operations. This section contains an analysis of the Company’s results of operations by comparing the results for the year ended December 31, 2025, to the year ended December 31, 2024. The comparability of the Company’s results of operations between periods was impacted by the divestiture of the Company's European operations, which were sold on February 28, 2025, and the acquisition of the Enru co-mail assets, which were acquired on April 1, 2025. The results of operations of the divested operations are included in the Company’s consolidated results until the date of disposition and the results of operations of the acquired operations are included in the Company’s consolidated results from the date of acquisition. Forward-looking statements providing a general description of recent and projected industry and Company developments that are important to understanding the Company’s results of operations are included in this section. This section also provides a discussion of EBITDA and EBITDA margin, financial measures that the Company uses to assess the performance of its business that are not prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).

•Liquidity and Capital Resources. This section provides an analysis of the Company’s capitalization, cash flows and a discussion of outstanding debt and commitments. Forward-looking statements important to understanding the Company’s financial condition are included in this section. This section also provides a discussion of Free Cash Flow and Net Debt Leverage Ratio, non-GAAP financial measures that the Company uses to assess liquidity and capital allocation and deployment.

•Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates. This section contains a discussion of the accounting policies that the Company’s management believes are important to the Company’s financial condition and results of operations, as well as allowances and reserves that require significant judgment and estimates on the part of the Company’s management. In addition, all of the Company’s significant accounting policies, including critical accounting policies, are summarized in Note 1, “Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

37

Table of Contents

Overview

Business Overview

Quad is a marketing experience (MX) company that simplifies the complexities of marketing, removing friction from wherever it occurs along the marketing journey. Its results-driven approach enables stronger marketing operations that lead to real, repeatable success for clients. The Company does this through its MX Solutions Suite, which is flexible, scalable and connected. Quad tailors its solutions to each client’s objectives, driving cost efficiencies, improving speed to market, strengthening marketing effectiveness and delivering value on investments. The Company supports a diverse base of clients, including industry-leading blue-chip companies that serve both businesses and consumers across multiple industry verticals, with a particular focus on commerce, including retail, consumer packaged goods and direct-to-consumer; financial services; and health.

For a full description of the Company’s business, refer to Part I, Item 1, “Business,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The Company’s operating and reportable segments are aligned with how the chief operating decision maker of the Company currently manages the business. The Company’s operating and reportable segments, including their product and service offerings, and a “Corporate” category, are summarized below.

The United States Print and Related Services segment is predominantly comprised of the Company’s United States printing operations, managed as one integrated platform, and marketing and other complementary services. The printing operations include print execution and logistics for retail inserts, catalogs, long-run publications, special interest publications, journals, direct mail, directories, in-store marketing and promotion, packaging, custom print products, as well as other commercial and specialty printed products, along with global paper procurement and the manufacture of ink. Marketing and other complementary services include data intelligence and analytics, technology solutions, media planning, placement and optimization, creative strategy and content creation, as well as execution in non-print channels (e.g., digital and broadcast). This segment also includes medical services. The United States Print and Related Services segment accounted for approximately 92% and 87% of the Company’s consolidated net sales during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

The International segment consists of the Company’s printing operations in Latin America, including operations in Colombia, Mexico and Peru, as well as operations in Europe, including operations in England, France, Germany and Poland, until the European operations were sold on February 28, 2025. This segment provides printed products and marketing and other complementary services consistent with the United States Print and Related Services segment. The International segment accounted for approximately 8% and 13% of the Company’s consolidated net sales during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

Corporate consists of unallocated general and administrative activities and associated expenses including, in part, executive, legal and finance, as well as certain expenses and income from frozen employee retirement plans, such as pension benefit plans.

38

Table of Contents

Key Performance Metrics Overview

The Company’s management believes the ability to generate net sales growth, profit increases and positive cash flow, while maintaining the appropriate level of debt, are key indicators of the successful execution of the Company’s business strategy and will increase shareholder value. The Company uses period-over-period net sales growth, EBITDA, EBITDA margin, net cash provided by operating activities, Free Cash Flow and Net Debt Leverage Ratio as metrics to measure operating performance, financial condition and liquidity. EBITDA, EBITDA margin, Free Cash Flow and Net Debt Leverage Ratio are non-GAAP financial measures (see the definitions of EBITDA, EBITDA margin and the reconciliation of net earnings (loss) to EBITDA in the “Results of Operations” section below, and see the definitions of Free Cash Flow and Net Debt Leverage Ratio, the reconciliation of net cash provided by operating activities to Free Cash Flow, and the calculation of Net Debt Leverage Ratio in the “Liquidity and Capital Resources” section below).

Net sales growth. The Company uses period-over-period net sales growth as a key performance metric. The Company’s management assesses net sales growth based on the ability to generate increased net sales through increased sales to existing clients, sales to new clients, sales of new or expanded solutions to existing and new clients, and opportunities to expand sales through strategic investments, including acquisitions.

EBITDA and EBITDA margin. The Company uses EBITDA and EBITDA margin as metrics to assess operating performance. The Company’s management assesses EBITDA and EBITDA margin based on the ability to increase revenues while controlling variable expense growth.

Net cash provided by operating activities. The Company uses net cash provided by operating activities as a metric to assess liquidity. The Company’s management assesses net cash provided by operating activities based on the ability to meet recurring cash obligations while increasing available cash to fund debt service requirements, capital expenditures, cash restructuring requirements related to cost reduction activities, World Color Press single employer pension plan contributions, World Color Press MEPPs withdrawal liabilities, acquisitions and other investments in future growth, shareholder dividends and share repurchases. Net cash provided by operating activities can be significantly impacted by the timing of non-recurring or infrequent receipts or expenditures.

Free Cash Flow. The Company uses Free Cash Flow as a metric to assess liquidity and capital deployment. The Company’s management assesses Free Cash Flow as a measure to quantify cash available for strengthening the balance sheet (debt and pension liability reduction), for strategic capital allocation and deployment through investments in the business (acquisitions and strategic investments) and for returning capital to the shareholders (dividends and share repurchases). The Company’s priorities for capital allocation and deployment will change as circumstances dictate for the business, and Free Cash Flow can be significantly impacted by the Company’s restructuring activities and other unusual items.

Net Debt Leverage Ratio. The Company uses the Net Debt Leverage Ratio as a metric to assess liquidity and the flexibility of its balance sheet. Consistent with other liquidity metrics, the Company monitors the Net Debt Leverage Ratio as a measure to determine the appropriate level of debt the Company believes is optimal to operate its business, and accordingly, to quantify our ability to strengthen the balance sheet through debt and pension liability reduction, for strategic capital allocation and deployment through investments in the business (capital expenditures, acquisitions and strategic investments), and for returning capital to the shareholders (dividends and share repurchases). The Company’s priorities for capital allocation and deployment will change as circumstances dictate for the business, and the Net Debt Leverage Ratio can be significantly impacted by the amount and timing of large expenditures requiring debt financing, as well as changes in profitability.

The Company remains disciplined with its net debt leverage. The Company’s consolidated debt and finance lease obligations decreased by $8.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2025. The Company primarily used cash provided by operating activities and proceeds from the sales of property, plant and equipment to fund purchases of property, plant and equipment, the Enru co-mail asset acquisition, the return of capital to shareholders through cash dividends and share repurchases and the reduction of debt.

39

Table of Contents

Overview of Trends Affecting Quad

As consumer media consumption habits change, advertising and marketing services providers face increased demand to offer end-to-end marketing services, from strategy and creative through execution. As new marketing channels emerge, these providers must expand their capabilities to create effective multichannel campaigns for their clients, and providers face increased client demand to offer integrated, end-to-end marketing services (i.e., from strategy and creative through execution). These trends greatly influence Quad’s ongoing efforts to help brands reduce the complexities of working with multiple agency partners and vendors, increase marketing process efficiency and maximize marketing effectiveness.

Competition in the commercial printing industry remains highly fragmented, and the Company believes that there are indicators of heightened competitive pressures. The commercial printing industry has moved toward a demand for shorter print runs, faster product turnaround and increased production efficiencies of products with lower page counts and increased complexity. This — combined with increases in postage and paper costs as well as marketers’ increasing use of online marketing and communication channels — has led to excess manufacturing capacity.

For a full description of the Company’s industry and competition overview, refer to Part I, Item 1, “Business,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The Company believes that a disciplined approach for capital management and a strong balance sheet are critical to be able to invest in profitable growth opportunities and technological advances, thereby providing the highest return for shareholders. Management balances the use of cash between deleveraging the Company’s balance sheet (through reduction in debt and pension obligations), compelling investment opportunities (through capital expenditures, acquisitions and strategic investments) and returns to shareholders (through dividends and share repurchases).

The Company continues to make progress on integrating and streamlining all aspects of its business, thereby lowering its cost structure by consolidating its manufacturing platform into its most efficient facilities, as well as realizing purchasing, mailing and logistics efficiencies by centralizing and consolidating print manufacturing volumes and eliminating redundancies in its administrative and corporate operations. The Company has continued to evolve its manufacturing platform, equipping facilities to be product-line agnostic, which enables the Company to maximize equipment utilization. Quad believes that the large plant size of its key printing facilities allows the Company to drive savings in certain product lines (such as publications and catalogs) due to economies of scale and from investments in automation and technology. The Company continues to focus on proactively aligning its cost structure to the realities of the top-line pressures it faces in the printing industry through Lean Manufacturing and sustainable continuous improvement programs.

The Company believes it will continue to drive productivity improvements and sustainable cost reduction initiatives into the future through an engaged workforce and ongoing adoption of the latest manufacturing automation and technology. Through this strategy, the Company believes it can maintain the strongest, most efficient print manufacturing platform to remain a high-quality, low-cost producer.

Integrated distribution with the USPS is an important component of the Company’s business. Any material change in the current service levels provided by the postal service could impact the demand that clients have for print services. In 2025, the USPS significantly reduced their service standards with the first phase of changes taking effect on April 1, 2025, and the second phase took effect July 1, 2025. In addition to the reduced service standards, the USPS also issued reduced service performance targets for 2025. Almost all letters and flats targets were reduced, some as much as 15% lower than 2024 targets (i.e., First Class Letters three to five day on time performance target was reduced from 90% down to 80%). The USPS, however, did not meet these reduced performance standards and targets, and has kept the performance targets for 2026 essentially in line with 2025, with a few minor adjustments.

40

Table of Contents

The USPS continues to experience financial problems. The passing of the Postal Service Reform Act of 2022, signed in April 2022, gave the USPS considerable financial relief as well as significant other relief over the next ten years. While the legislative postal reform helps considerably, without decreased operational cost structures, increased efficiencies or increased volumes and revenues, these losses are expected to continue into the future. As a result of these financial difficulties, the USPS has continued to adjust its postal rates and service levels.

Federal statute requires the Postal Regulatory Commission (PRC), to conduct reviews of the overall rate-making structure for the USPS to ensure funding stability. As a result of those reviews, the PRC authorized a five year rate-making structure that provides the USPS with additional pricing flexibility over the Consumer Price Index (“CPI”) cap, which has resulted in a substantially altered rate structure for mailers. The revised rate authority that is effective as a result of the rules issued by the PRC, includes a higher overall rate cap on the USPS’ ability to increase rates from year to year. This will continue to lead to price spikes for mailers and may also reduce the incentive for the USPS to continue to take out costs and instead continue to rely on postage increases in its attempt to cover its cost.

Given the significant amount of concern that has been expressed by the mailing industry, in April 2024, the PRC opened a proceeding to start the next rate system review, which includes a phased approach of proposing changes to improve rate predictability. The USPS did not implement a Market Dominant product price increase for January 2025. However, the available rate authority was rolled forward to July 2025, where approximately 8% postage increases were implemented and significantly exceeded CPI. In September 2025, the USPS announced they would not increase prices on Market Dominant products in January 2026. On December 22, 2025, the USPS filed a petition with the PRC, requesting new rules on Market Dominate rates to either eliminate the price cap and give full rate authority to the Board of Governors, or if a price cap continues to be required, allow a rate reset with a conservative 22% banked authority for the USPS to use. This remains open and is unknown how the PRC will respond. The PRC did issue a final rule that restricts the USPS to one price change a year from 2026 to 2030. The PRC also refined some rules around work-share discounts that will keep these discounts more closely aligned with the costs avoided. The USPS launched a new Marketing Mail Catalog promotion, which offers a 10% discount on postage for any mail pieces that meet the USPS definition of a catalog. The discount went into effect on October 1, 2025 and continues until June 30, 2026. Because the discount applies to the current rate, which is based on several years of biannual rate increases, including another increase in July 2025, the impact of the discount on catalog volume and revenue may be diminished. However, the Company believes the continued use of all available rate authority by the USPS that significantly exceeds CPI, combined with lower service standards and the petition filed on December 22, 2025, clients will continue to reduce mail volumes and explore the use of alternative methods for delivering a larger portion of their products, such as continued diversion to the internet, digital and mobile channels and other alternative media channels, in order to ensure that they stay within their expected postage budgets.

The Company has invested significantly in its mail preparation and distribution capabilities to mitigate the impact of increases in postage costs, and to help clients successfully navigate the ever-changing postal environment. Through its data analytics, unique software to merge mail streams on a large scale, advanced finishing capabilities and technology, and in-house transportation and logistics operations, the Company manages the mail preparation and distribution of most of its clients’ products to maximize efficiency, to enable on-time and consistent delivery and to partially reduce these costs. The PRC decision on once a year price increases is an important part of providing the mailing industry with additional rate stability. Additionally, the new requirements for the USPS to maintain the current work-share discounts more closely to the level of avoided costs, the Company believes is a good decision as this mail optimization capability is valuable to its clients. It is imperative that the PRC ensure that rates are affordable to the mailing industry.

The Company continues to face several other industry challenges that have been, and are expected to continue to, adversely impact the Company’s results of operations. The Company is closely monitoring the potential impacts of tariffs and recessionary pressures on its clients’ businesses that could impact their marketing spend, including print volumes. The Company continues to operate in an elevated interest rate environment, which is expected to continue through 2026. Additionally, the price and availability of paper has been, and may continue to be, adversely affected by paper mills’ permanent or temporary closures; paper mills’ access to raw materials, conversion to produce other types of paper that are not usable by the Company in its operations (which a number of paper mills’ have done or are doing), and ability to transport paper produced; and tariffs and trade restrictions. Postal rate increases, along with the previously described industry challenges, have led to reduced demand for printed products and has caused clients to move more

41

Table of Contents

aggressively into other delivery methods, such as the many digital and mobile options now available to consumers. These challenges have, as needed, driven the Company to institute several cost saving measures through its restructuring program, including plant closures and headcount reductions. Through these cost saving measures and proceeds from asset sales, the Company has been able to maintain focus on its transformation into an MX company, with flexibility to invest into the growing business, as well as continuing to be advantageous in its efforts to return capital to shareholders and reduce debt. The Company is also dependent on its production personnel to print the Company’s products in a cost-effective and efficient manner that allows the Company to obtain new clients and to drive sales from existing clients. The Company is unable to predict the full future impact these challenges will have on its business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations, but expects them to continue into 2026.

42

Table of Contents

Results of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2025, Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2024

Summary Results

The Company’s operating income, operating margin, net earnings (loss) (computed using a 25% normalized tax rate for all items subject to tax) and diluted earnings (loss) per share for the year ended December 31, 2025, changed from the year ended December 31, 2024, as follows (dollars in millions, except per share data):

Operating IncomeOperating MarginNet Earnings (Loss)Diluted Earnings (Loss) Per Share
For the year ended December 31, 2024$19.20.7%$(50.9)$(1.07)
Restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges, net (1)79.72.9%59.81.27
Other operating income elements (2)(1.9)0.4%(1.4)(0.11)
Operating Income97.04.0%7.50.09
Interest expense (3)N/AN/A10.50.26
Net pension (expense) income (4)N/AN/A(11.1)(0.22)
Income taxes (5)N/AN/A20.10.41
For the year ended December 31, 2025$97.04.0%$27.0$0.54

______________________________

(1)Restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges, net decreased $79.7 million ($59.8 million, net of tax), to $21.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2025, and included the following:

a.A $4.4 million decrease in employee termination charges from $30.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2024, to $26.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2025;

b.A $67.4 million decrease in impairment charges from $74.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2024, to $7.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2025;

c.A $4.3 million increase in acquisition adjustments and transaction-related charges, net from $0.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2024, to $4.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2025;

d.A $2.5 million increase in integration-related charges from $0.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2024, to $2.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2025; and

e.A $6.1 million increase in various other restructuring income, net from $3.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2024, to $9.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2025.

The Company expects to incur additional restructuring and integration costs in future reporting periods in connection with eliminating excess manufacturing capacity and properly aligning its cost structure in conjunction with the Company’s acquisitions and strategic investments, and other cost reduction programs.

(2)Other operating income elements increased $1.9 million ($1.4 million, net of tax) primarily due to the following: (1) a $30.9 million decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses; (2) a $23.9 million decrease in depreciation and amortization expense; (3) impacts from improved manufacturing productivity; and (4) savings from other cost reduction initiatives, partially offset by the impact from lower print volume and service net sales, and increased investments in innovation offerings to drive future net sales growth.

(3)Interest expense decreased $14.0 million ($10.5 million, net of tax) during the year ended December 31, 2025, to $50.5 million. This change was due to lower average debt levels, lower weighted average interest rate on borrowings, and a $0.5 million decrease in interest expense related to the interest rate swap during the year ended December 31, 2025, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2024.

(4)Net pension expense increased $14.8 million ($11.1 million, net of tax) during the year ended December 31, 2025, from $0.8 million of income to $14.0 million of expense. This was due to a $12.8 million settlement charge from defined benefit

43

Table of Contents

pension plan annuitization and a $3.7 million decrease from the expected long-term return on pension plan assets, partially offset by a $1.7 million decrease from interest cost on pension plan liabilities.

(5)The $20.1 million decrease in income tax expense as calculated in the following table is primarily due to the following: (1) a $15.5 million decrease from valuation allowance reserves; (2) an $8.7 million decrease from non-deductible impairments charges related to the European operations in 2024; and (3) a $3.6 million outside tax basis difference in its European operations that were sold in 2025. These decreases were partially offset by a $5.5 million increase in the Company’s liability for audit assessments and unrecognized tax benefits and a $2.1 million increase from the impact of foreign branches.

Year Ended December 31,
20252024$ Change
(dollars in millions)
Earnings (loss) before income taxes$32.5$(44.5)$77.0
Normalized tax rate25.0%25.0%
Income tax expense (benefit) at normalized tax rate8.1(11.1)19.2
Less: Income tax expense from the consolidated statements of operations5.56.4(0.9)
Impact of income taxes$(2.6)$17.5$(20.1)

Operating Results

The following table sets forth certain information from the Company’s consolidated statements of operations on an absolute dollar basis and as a relative percentage of total net sales for each noted period, together with the relative percentage change in such information between the periods set forth below:

Year Ended December 31,
2025% of Net Sales2024% of Net Sales$ Change% Change
(dollars in millions)
Net sales:
Products$1,891.378.2%$2,099.278.6%$(207.9)(9.9)%
Services528.621.8%573.021.4%(44.4)(7.7)%
Total net sales2,419.9100.0%2,672.2100.0%(252.3)(9.4)%
Cost of sales:
Products1,563.764.6%1,736.465.0%(172.7)(9.9)%
Services332.913.8%355.813.3%(22.9)(6.4)%
Total cost of sales1,896.678.4%2,092.278.3%(195.6)(9.3)%
Selling, general & administrative expenses325.913.5%356.813.4%(30.9)(8.7)%
Depreciation and amortization78.63.2%102.53.8%(23.9)(23.3)%
Restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges, net21.80.9%101.53.8%(79.7)(78.5)%
Total operating expenses2,322.996.0%2,653.099.3%(330.1)(12.4)%
Operating income$97.04.0%$19.20.7%$77.8nm

44

Table of Contents

Net Sales

Product sales decreased $207.9 million, or 9.9%, for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to the year ended December 31, 2024, primarily due to the following: (1) a $120.5 million decrease in paper sales, of which $52.9 million is a result of the sale of the European operations on February 28, 2025; (2) an $83.9 million decrease in product sales, primarily from lower print product volumes, of which $62.3 million is a result of the sale of the European operations; and (3) $3.5 million in unfavorable foreign exchange impacts.

Service sales, which primarily consist of logistics, distribution, marketing services, imaging and medical services, decreased $44.4 million, or 7.7%, for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to the year ended December 31, 2024, primarily due to a $37.9 million decrease in logistics sales, of which $13.5 million is a result of the sale of the European operations, and a $6.5 million net decrease in marketing services and medical services, of which $2.1 million is a result of the sale of the European operations.

Cost of Sales

Cost of product sales decreased $172.7 million, or 9.9%, for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to the year ended December 31, 2024, primarily due to the following: (1) a decrease in paper costs due to the decrease in paper sales; (2) impacts from improved manufacturing productivity; and (3) other cost reduction initiatives.

Cost of service sales decreased $22.9 million, or 6.4%, for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to the year ended December 31, 2024, primarily due to the impact from decreased freight volumes and lower marketing services.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased $30.9 million, or 8.7%, for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to the year ended December 31, 2024, primarily due to (1) $18.6 million in lower employee-related costs; (2) a $10.7 million increase in favorable foreign exchange impacts; and (3) savings from other cost reduction initiatives, partially offset by a $4.1 million gain on the sale of an investment in 2024 that did not reoccur in 2025. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales increased from 13.4% for the year ended December 31, 2024, to 13.5% for the year ended December 31, 2025.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization decreased $23.9 million, or 23.3%, for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to the year ended December 31, 2024, due to a $12.3 million decrease in amortization expense, primarily from intangible assets becoming fully amortized over the past year and a $11.6 million decrease in depreciation expense, primarily due to impacts from plant closures and from property, plant and equipment becoming fully depreciated over the past year.

45

Table of Contents

Restructuring, Impairment and Transaction-Related Charges, Net

Restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges, net decreased $79.7 million, or 78.5%, for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to the year ended December 31, 2024, primarily due to the following:

Year Ended December 31,
20252024$ Change
(dollars in millions)
Employee termination charges$26.1$30.5$(4.4)
Impairment charges (a)7.574.9(67.4)
Acquisition adjustments and transaction-related charges, net(4.9)(0.6)(4.3)
Integration costs2.90.42.5
Other restructuring charges (income)
Vacant facility carrying costs and lease exit charges7.414.2(6.8)
Equipment and infrastructure removal costs1.51.6(0.1)
Gains on the sale of facilities (b)(19.6)(20.5)0.9
Loss on the sale of a business (c)0.50.5
Other restructuring activities0.41.0(0.6)
Other restructuring income, net(9.8)(3.7)(6.1)
Total restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges, net$21.8$101.5$(79.7)

______________________________

(a)Includes $7.5 million and $74.9 million of impairment charges during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, which consisted of the following: (1) $57.6 million of impairment to reduce the carrying value of the majority of the European operations to fair value, including $41.6 million for foreign currency translation adjustments and $16.0 million for property, plant and equipment in 2024; (2) $3.8 million and $14.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, for machinery and equipment no longer being utilized in production as a result of facility consolidations, as well as other capacity reduction activities; (3) $3.0 million for software licensing and related implementation costs from a terminated project in 2025; (4) $0.5 million for property in 2025; and (5) $0.2 million and $3.1 million during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, for operating lease right-of-use assets.

(b)Includes the following: (1) an $11.7 million gain on the sale of an ancillary building in Sussex, Wisconsin; (2) a $4.3 million gain on the sale of the West Sacramento, California facility; and (3) a $3.6 million gain on the sale of the Greenville, Michigan facility during the year ended December 31, 2025, and a $20.5 million gain on the sale of the Saratoga Springs, New York facility during the year ended December 31, 2024.

(c)Includes a $0.5 million loss on the sale of the European operations during the year ended December 31, 2025.

EBITDA and EBITDA Margin—Consolidated

EBITDA is defined as net earnings (loss), excluding (1) interest expense, (2) income tax expense and (3) depreciation and amortization. EBITDA margin represents EBITDA as a percentage of net sales. EBITDA and EBITDA margin are presented to provide additional information regarding Quad’s performance. Both are important measures by which Quad gauges the profitability and assesses the performance of its business. EBITDA and EBITDA margin are non-GAAP financial measures and should not be considered alternatives to net earnings (loss) as a measure of operating performance, or to cash flows provided by operating activities as a measure of liquidity. Quad’s calculation of EBITDA and EBITDA margin may be different from the calculations used by other companies, and therefore, comparability may be limited.

46

Table of Contents

EBITDA and EBITDA margin for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to the year ended December 31, 2024, were as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
2025% of Net Sales2024% of Net Sales
(dollars in millions)
EBITDA and EBITDA margin (non-GAAP)$161.66.7%$122.54.6%

EBITDA increased $39.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to the year ended December 31, 2024, primarily due to $79.7 million of decreased restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges and impacts from improved manufacturing productivity, partially offset by the impact of lower net sales and increased investments in innovation offerings to drive future net sales growth.

A reconciliation of EBITDA to net earnings (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, was as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
20252024
(dollars in millions)
Net earnings (loss) (1)$27.0$(50.9)
Interest expense50.564.5
Income tax expense5.56.4
Depreciation and amortization78.6102.5
EBITDA (non-GAAP)$161.6$122.5

______________________________

(1)Net earnings (loss) included the following:

a.Restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges, net of $21.8 million and $101.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

b.Settlement charge from defined benefit pension plan annuitization of $12.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2025.

United States Print and Related Services

The following table summarizes net sales, operating income, operating margin and certain items impacting comparability within the United States Print and Related Services segment:

Year Ended December 31,
20252024$ Change% Change
(dollars in millions)
Net sales:
Products$1,688.7$1,775.0$(86.3)(4.9)%
Services525.7554.5(28.8)(5.2)%
Operating income (including restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges, net)131.7112.818.916.8%
Operating margin5.9%4.8%N/AN/A
Restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges, net$25.1$42.8$(17.7)(41.4)%

Net Sales

Product sales for the United States Print and Related Services segment decreased $86.3 million, or 4.9%, for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to the year ended December 31, 2024, primarily due to a $58.0 million decrease in paper sales and a $28.3 million decrease in product sales, primarily from lower print product volumes.

Service sales for the United States Print and Related Services segment decreased $28.8 million, or 5.2%, for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to the year ended December 31, 2024, primarily due to a $24.4 million decrease in logistics sales from lower print volumes and a $4.4 million decrease in marketing services and medical services.

Operating Income

Operating income for the United States Print and Related Services segment increased $18.9 million, or 16.8%, for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to the year ended December 31, 2024, primarily due to the following: (1) an $18.1 million decrease in depreciation and amortization expense; (2) a $17.7 million decrease in restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges, net; and (3) impacts from improved manufacturing productivity, partially offset by the impact from decreased logistics and marketing services sales and increased investments in innovation offerings to drive future net sales growth.

The operating margin for the United States Print and Related Services segment increased to 5.9% for the year ended December 31, 2025, from 4.8% for the year ended December 31, 2024, primarily due to the reasons provided above.

Restructuring, Impairment and Transaction-Related Charges, Net

Restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges, net for the United States Print and Related Services segment decreased $17.7 million, or 41.4%, for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to the year ended December 31, 2024, primarily due to the following:

Year Ended December 31,
20252024$ Change
(dollars in millions)
Employee termination charges$25.5$29.8$(4.3)
Impairment charges (a)7.517.1(9.6)
Integration costs2.90.42.5
Other restructuring charges (income)
Vacant facility carrying costs and lease exit charges7.114.2(7.1)
Equipment and infrastructure removal costs1.51.6(0.1)
Gains on the sale of facilities (b)(19.6)(20.5)0.9
Other restructuring activities0.20.2
Other restructuring income, net(10.8)(4.5)(6.3)
Total restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges, net$25.1$42.8$(17.7)

______________________________

(a)Includes $7.5 million and $17.1 million of impairment charges during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, which consisted of the following: (1) $3.8 million and $14.0 million, respectively, for machinery and equipment no longer being utilized in production as a result of facility consolidations, as well as other capacity reduction activities; (2) $3.0 million for software licensing and related implementation costs from a terminated project in 2025; (3) $0.5 million for property in 2025; and (4) $0.2 million and $3.1 million, respectively, for operating lease right-of-use assets.

(b)Includes the following: (1) an $11.7 million gain on the sale of an ancillary building in Sussex, Wisconsin; (2) a $4.3 million gain on the sale of the West Sacramento, California facility; and (3) a $3.6 million gain on the sale of the Greenville, Michigan facility during the year ended December 31, 2025, and a $20.5 million gain on the sale of the Saratoga Springs, New York facility during the year ended December 31, 2024.

International

The following table summarizes net sales, operating income (loss), operating margin, and certain items impacting comparability within the International segment:

Year Ended December 31,
20252024$ Change% Change
(dollars in millions)
Net sales:
Products$202.6$324.2$(121.6)(37.5)%
Services2.918.5(15.6)(84.3)%
Operating income (loss) (including restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges, net)7.9(45.7)53.6(117.3)%
Operating margin3.8%(13.3)%N/AN/A
Restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges, net$3.9$61.9$(58.0)(93.7)%

Net Sales

Product sales for the International segment decreased $121.6 million, or 37.5%, for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to the year ended December 31, 2024, primarily due to the following:(1) a $62.5 million decrease in paper sales, of which $52.9 million is a result of the sale of the European operations; (2) a $55.6 million decrease in product sales, which is net of a $62.3 million decrease as a result of the sale of the European operations; and (3) $3.5 million in unfavorable foreign exchange impacts, primarily in Mexico.

Service sales for the International segment decreased $15.6 million, or 84.3%, for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to the year ended December 31, 2024, primarily due to a $13.5 million decrease in logistics sales and $2.1 million decrease in marketing service sales, both as a result of the sale of the European operations.

Operating Income (Loss)

Operating income (loss) for the International segment increased $53.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to the year ended December 31, 2024, primarily due to a $58.0 million decrease in restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges, net and a $5.9 million decrease in depreciation and amortization; partially offset by a $10.3 million decrease in operating income, primarily as a result of the sale of the European operations.

Restructuring, Impairment and Transaction-Related Charges, Net

Restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges, net for the International segment decreased $58.0 million, for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to the year ended December 31, 2024, primarily due to the following:

Year Ended December 31,
20252024$ Change
(dollars in millions)
Employee termination charges$0.6$0.7$(0.1)
Impairment charges (a)57.8(57.8)
Acquisition adjustments and transaction-related charges, net2.32.6(0.3)
Other restructuring charges (b)1.00.80.2
Total restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges, net$3.9$61.9$(58.0)

______________________________

(a)Includes $57.8 million of impairment charges during the year ended December 31, 2024, which consisted of $57.6 million of impairment charges to reduce the carrying value of the majority of the European operations to fair value, including $41.6 million for foreign currency translation adjustments and $16.0 million for property, plant and equipment, and $0.2 million for machinery and equipment no longer being utilized in production as a result of facility consolidations, as well as other capacity reduction activities.

(b)Includes a $0.5 million loss on the sale of the European operations during the year ended December 31, 2025.

47

Table of Contents

Corporate

The following table summarizes unallocated operating expenses presented as Corporate:

Year Ended December 31,
20252024$ Change% Change
(dollars in millions)
Operating expenses (including restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges, net)$42.6$47.9$(5.3)(11.1)%
Restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges, net(7.2)(3.2)(4.0)125.0%

Operating Expenses

Corporate operating expenses decreased $5.3 million, or 11.1%, for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to the year ended December 31, 2024, primarily due to a $4.0 million increase in income from restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges, net, and a $1.9 million decrease in employee-related costs.

Restructuring, Impairment and Transaction-Related Charges, Net

Corporate restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges, net increased $4.0 million, for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to the year ended December 31, 2024, primarily due to the following:

Year Ended December 31,
20252024$ Change
(dollars in millions)
Acquisition adjustments and transaction-related charges, net (a)(7.2)(3.2)(4.0)
Total restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges, net$(7.2)$(3.2)$(4.0)

______________________________

(a)Includes adjustments to estimated acquisition consideration, partially offset by professional service fees related to business acquisition and divestiture activities.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The Company utilizes cash flows from operating activities and borrowings under its credit facilities to satisfy its liquidity and capital requirements. The Company had total liquidity of $379.0 million as of December 31, 2025, which consisted of up to $315.7 million of unused capacity under its revolving credit arrangement, which was net of $23.9 million of issued letters of credit, and cash and cash equivalents of $63.3 million. Total liquidity is reduced to $299.4 million under the Company’s most restrictive debt covenants. There were no borrowings under the $339.6 million revolving credit facility as of December 31, 2025.

The Company believes its expected future cash flows from operating activities and its current liquidity and capital resources, are sufficient to fund ongoing operating requirements and service debt and pension requirements for both the next 12 months and beyond.

48

Table of Contents

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

Year Ended December 31, 2025, Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2024

Net cash provided by operating activities was $95.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to $112.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, resulting in a $17.0 million decrease in cash provided by operating activities. The decrease was primarily due to a $24.7 million decrease in cash flows provided by changes in operating assets and liabilities, partially offset by a $7.7 million increase in cash from earnings.

Net Cash (Used in) Provided by Investing Activities

Year Ended December 31, 2025, Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2024

Net cash used in investing activities was $27.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to net cash provided by investing activities of $12.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, resulting in a $40.4 million increase in cash used in investing activities. The increase was primarily due to the following: (1) a $22.2 million decrease in proceeds from the sale of an investment; (2) a $16.3 million increase in cash used as a result of the acquisition of a business in 2025; (3) a $12.3 million decrease in proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment; (4) a $1.5 million increase in cash used in other investing activities; and (5) a $0.1 million increase in cost investment in unconsolidated entities. These were partially offset by a $12.0 million decrease in purchases of property, plant, and equipment.

Net Cash Used in Financing Activities

Year Ended December 31, 2025, Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2024

Net cash used in financing activities was $36.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to $149.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, resulting in a $113.0 million decrease in cash used in financing activities. The decrease was primarily due to the following: (1) a $123.0 million decrease in net payments of debt and lease obligations in 2025 compared to 2024; (2) a $4.3 million decrease in payments of debt issuance costs and financing fees; and (3) a $0.2 million decrease in cash used in other financing activities. These decreases were partially offset by (1) an $8.0 million increase in purchases of treasury stock; (2) a $5.0 million increase in payment of dividends; and (3) a $1.5 million increase in equity awards redeemed to pay employees’ tax obligations.

Free Cash Flow

Free Cash Flow is defined as net cash provided by operating activities less purchases of property, plant and equipment.

The Company’s management assesses Free Cash Flow as a measure to quantify cash available for (1) strengthening the balance sheet (debt and pension liability reduction), (2) strategic capital allocation and deployment through investments in the business (acquisitions and strategic investments) and (3) returning capital to the shareholders (dividends and share repurchases). The priorities for capital allocation and deployment will change as circumstances dictate for the business, and Free Cash Flow can be significantly impacted by the Company’s restructuring activities and other unusual items.

Free Cash Flow is a non-GAAP financial measure and should not be considered an alternative to cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities as a measure of liquidity. Quad’s calculation of Free Cash Flow may be different from similar calculations used by other companies, and therefore, comparability may be limited.

49

Table of Contents

Free Cash Flow for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, was as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
20252024
(dollars in millions)
Net cash provided by operating activities$95.9$112.9
Less: purchases of property, plant and equipment45.257.2
Free Cash Flow (non-GAAP)$50.7$55.7

Free Cash Flow decreased $5.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to the year ended December 31, 2024, primarily due to a $17.0 million decrease in net cash provided by operating activities, partially offset by a $12.0 million decrease in capital expenditures. See the “Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities” section above for further explanations of the change in operating cash flows.

Net Debt Leverage Ratio

The Net Debt Leverage Ratio is defined as total debt and finance lease obligations less cash and cash equivalents (Net Debt) divided by the trailing twelve months Adjusted EBITDA, comprised of the sum of the last twelve months of EBITDA (see the definition of EBITDA and the reconciliation of net earnings (loss) to EBITDA in the “Results of Operations” section above) and restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges, net.

The Company uses the Net Debt Leverage Ratio as a metric to assess liquidity and the flexibility of its balance sheet. Consistent with other liquidity metrics, the Company monitors the Net Debt Leverage Ratio as a measure to determine the appropriate level of debt the Company believes is optimal to operate its business, and accordingly, to quantify debt capacity available for strengthening the balance sheet through debt and pension liability reduction, for strategic capital allocation and deployment through investments in the business, and for returning capital to the shareholders. The priorities for capital allocation and deployment will change as circumstances dictate for the business, and the Net Debt Leverage Ratio can be significantly impacted by the amount and timing of large expenditures requiring debt financing, as well as changes in profitability.

The Net Debt Leverage Ratio is a non-GAAP measure, and should not be considered an alternative to cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities as a measure of liquidity. Quad’s calculation of the Net Debt Leverage Ratio may be different from similar calculations used by other companies and, therefore, comparability may be limited.

The Net Debt Leverage Ratio calculated below differs from the Total Leverage Ratio, the Total Net Leverage Ratio and Senior Secured Leverage Ratio included in the Company’s debt covenant calculations (see “Covenants and Compliance” section below for further information on debt covenants). The Total Leverage Ratio included in the Company’s debt covenants includes interest rate derivative liabilities and letters of credit as debt, and excludes non-cash stock-based compensation expense from EBITDA. The Total Net Leverage Ratio includes and excludes the same adjustments as the Total Leverage Ratio, in addition to netting domestic unrestricted cash with debt. Similarly, the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio includes and excludes the same adjustments as the Total Leverage Ratio, in addition to netting domestic unrestricted cash with debt.

50

Table of Contents

The Net Debt Leverage Ratio as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, was as follows:

December 31, 2025December 31, 2024
(dollars in millions)
Total debt and finance lease obligations on the consolidated balance sheets$371.2$379.2
Less: Cash and cash equivalents63.329.2
Net Debt (non-GAAP)$307.9$350.0
Divided by: Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended (non-GAAP)$196.2$224.0
Net Debt Leverage Ratio (non-GAAP)1.57x1.56x

The calculation of Adjusted EBITDA for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, was as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
20252024
(dollars in millions)
Net earnings (loss)$27.0$(50.9)
Interest expense50.564.5
Income tax expense5.56.4
Depreciation and amortization78.6102.5
EBITDA (non-GAAP)$161.6$122.5
Restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges, net21.8101.5
Settlement charge from defined benefit pension plan annuitization12.8
Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP)$196.2$224.0

The Net Debt Leverage Ratio, at December 31, 2025, increased 0.01x to 1.57x compared to December 31, 2024, primarily due to a $27.8 million decrease in Adjusted EBITDA, partially offset by a $42.1 million decrease in Net Debt. The Net Debt Leverage Ratio, at December 31, 2025, is within management’s desired target Net Debt Leverage Ratio range of 1.50x to 2.00x; however, the Company will operate at times above the Net Debt Leverage Ratio target range depending on the timing of compelling strategic investment opportunities, as well as seasonal working capital needs.

Description of Significant Outstanding Debt Obligations as of December 31, 2025

As of December 31, 2025, the Company utilized a combination of debt instruments to fund cash requirements, including the following:

•Senior Secured Credit Facility:

◦$339.6 million revolving credit facility (no outstanding balance as of December 31, 2025); and

◦$825.0 million Term Loan A ($357.7 million outstanding as of December 31, 2025);

51

Table of Contents

Senior Secured Credit Facility

On April 28, 2014, the Company entered into its Senior Secured Credit Facility, which included a revolving credit facility, Term Loan A and Term Loan B (Term Loan B was retired in July 2019). The Company completed the seventh amendment to the Senior Secured Credit Facility on January 24, 2023, which transitioned the Company’s reference rate from London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) to Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) effective February 1, 2023. The Company elected the practical expedient outlined in Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2020-04 and ASU 2021-01 which allowed the Company to prospectively adjust the effective interest rate after the reference rate change. The transition from LIBOR to SOFR did not have a material impact on the condensed consolidated financial statements.

The Company completed the eighth amendment to the Senior Secured Credit Facility on January 4, 2024, which added an additional $25.0 million principal value to the Term Loan A (under the Extended Maturity Date, as defined below). On January 31, 2024, the Company used liquidity available under its revolving credit facility and available cash on hand to fund the repayment on maturity of $87.7 million aggregate principal amount, outstanding at the time, of its Term Loan A.

The Company completed the ninth amendment to the Senior Secured Credit Facility (the “Ninth Amendment”) on October 18, 2024. The Senior Secured Credit Facility was amended to: (1) reduce the aggregate amount of the existing revolving credit facility from $342.5 million to $324.6 million, and extend the maturity of a portion of the revolving credit facility such that $17.7 million of borrowing capacity under the revolving credit facility would be available until the existing maturity date of November 2, 2026 (the “Existing Maturity Date”) and $306.9 million under the revolving credit facility would be available until October 18, 2029 (the “Extended Maturity Date); (2) extend the maturity of a portion of the existing Term Loan A such that $8.7 million of such term loan facility will be due on the Existing Maturity Date and $193.2 million will be due on the Extended Maturity Date; (3) make certain adjustments to pricing, including an increase of 0.50% to the interest rate margin applicable to the loans maturing on the Extended Maturity Date; and (4) modify certain financial and operational covenants retroactive to September 30, 2024, including the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio (net indebtedness to consolidated EBITDA) shall not exceed 3.00 to 1.00 for any fiscal quarter ending on or after September 30, 2024, as well as the Total Leverage Ratio (consolidated total indebtedness to consolidated EBITDA) shall not exceed 3.50 to 1.00 for any fiscal quarter ending on or after September 30, 2024.

The Company completed the tenth amendment to its Senior Secured Credit Facility on August 20, 2025, which increased the Term Loan A aggregate outstanding principal by $20.0 million to $370.7 million, and increased its revolving credit availability by $15.0 million to $339.6 million. As of December 31, 2025, the Term Loan A aggregate outstanding principal was reduced to $357.7 million from a $13.0 million repayment on maturity.

Borrowings under the revolving credit facility and Term Loan A made under the Senior Secured Credit Facility bear interest at 3.00% in excess of reserve adjusted SOFR, or 2.00% in excess of an alternate base rate with a SOFR floor of 0.75% for the tranche available through the Extended Maturity Date and bear interest at 2.50% in excess of reserve adjusted SOFR, or 1.50% in excess of an alternate base rate with a SOFR floor of 0.75% for the tranche available through the Existing Maturity Date.

At December 31, 2025, the Company had no outstanding borrowings on the revolving credit facility, and had $23.9 million of issued letters of credit, leaving up to $315.7 million of unused capacity. Total liquidity is reduced to $299.4 million under the Company’s most restrictive debt covenants. The Senior Secured Credit Facility is secured by substantially all of the unencumbered assets of the Company. The Senior Secured Credit Facility also requires the Company to provide additional collateral to the lenders in certain limited circumstances.

Master Note and Security Agreement

On September 1, 1995, and as last amended on November 24, 2014, the Company entered into its Master Note and Security Agreement. On November 25, 2024, the Company used liquidity available under its revolving credit facility and available cash on hand to fund the repayment of the total outstanding aggregate principal balance of $1.5 million, thus terminating the Master Note and Security Agreement.

52

Table of Contents

Covenants and Compliance

The Company’s various lending arrangements include certain financial covenants (all financial terms, numbers and ratios are as defined in the Company’s debt agreements). Among these covenants, the Company was required to maintain the following as of December 31, 2025:

•Total Leverage Ratio. On a rolling twelve-month basis, the Total Leverage Ratio, defined as consolidated total indebtedness to consolidated EBITDA, shall not exceed 3.50 to 1.00 (for the twelve months ended December 31, 2025, the Company’s Total Leverage Ratio was 1.84 to 1.00).

•If there is any amount outstanding on the revolving credit facility or Term Loan A, or if any lender has any revolving credit exposure or Term Loan A credit exposure, the Company is required to maintain the following:

◦Senior Secured Leverage Ratio. On a rolling four-quarter basis, the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio, defined as the ratio of consolidated senior secured net indebtedness to consolidated EBITDA, shall not exceed 3.00 to 1.00 for any fiscal quarter ending on or after September 30, 2024 (for the twelve months ended December 31, 2025, the Company’s Senior Secured Leverage Ratio was 1.55 to 1.00).

◦Interest Coverage Ratio. On a rolling twelve-month basis, the Interest Coverage Ratio, defined as consolidated EBITDA to cash consolidated interest expense, shall not be less than 3.00 to 1.00 (for the twelve months ended December 31, 2025, the Company’s Interest Coverage Ratio was 4.75 to 1.00).

The Company was in compliance with all financial covenants in its debt agreements as of December 31, 2025. While the Company currently expects to be in compliance in future periods with all of the financial covenants, there can be no assurance that these covenants will continue to be met. The Company’s failure to maintain compliance with the covenants could prevent the Company from borrowing additional amounts and could result in a default under any of the debt agreements. Such default could cause the outstanding indebtedness to become immediately due and payable, by virtue of cross-acceleration or cross-default provisions.

In addition to those covenants, the Senior Secured Credit Facility also includes certain limitations on acquisitions, indebtedness, liens, dividends and repurchases of capital stock.

•If the Company’s Total Leverage Ratio is greater than 2.75 to 1.00, the Company is prohibited from making greater than $60.0 million of dividend payments, capital stock repurchases and certain other payments, over the course of the agreement. If the Company’s Total Leverage Ratio is above 2.50 to 1.00 but below 2.75 to 1.00, the Company is prohibited from making greater than $100.0 million of dividend payments, capital stock repurchases and certain other payments, over the course of the agreement. If the Total Leverage Ratio is less than 2.50 to 1.00, there are no such restrictions. As the Company’s Total Leverage Ratio as of December 31, 2025, was 1.84 to 1.00, the limitations described above are not currently applicable.

•If the Company’s Senior Secured Leverage Ratio is greater than 3.00 to 1.00 or the Company’s Total Net Leverage Ratio which, on a rolling twelve-month basis, is defined as consolidated net indebtedness to consolidated EBITDA, is greater than 3.50 to 1.00, the Company is prohibited from voluntarily prepaying any unsecured or subordinated indebtedness, with certain exceptions (including any mandatory prepayments on any unsecured or subordinated debt). If the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio is less than 3.00 to 1.00 and the Total Net Leverage Ratio is less than 3.50 to 1.00, there are no such restrictions. The limitations described above are not currently applicable, as the Company’s Senior Secured Leverage Ratio was 1.55 to 1.00 and Total Net Leverage Ratio was 1.55 to 1.00, as of December 31, 2025.

53

Table of Contents

Net Pension Obligations

During 2025, the Company entered into a group annuity contract with Fidelity & Guaranty Life Insurance Company and Fidelity & Guaranty Life Insurance Company of New York (collectively “F&G”) to de-risk the defined benefit pension plan by transferring a portion of its defined benefit obligations. As a result, we settled $98.1 million of projected benefit obligations with $96.8 million in distributions from plan assets, primarily due to the annuitization with F&G. In connection with this settlement, the Company recognized a non-cash settlement charge from the annuitization of $12.8 million in accordance with ASC 715 — Compensation — Retirement Benefits.

The net underfunded pension and MEPPs obligations decreased by $13.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2025, from $55.6 million at December 31, 2024, to $41.9 million at December 31, 2025. This decrease was primarily due to a $11.5 million decrease in the underfunded defined benefit plan obligations during the year ended December 31, 2025. This $11.5 million decrease in the underfunded status was primarily due to a decrease in overall pension obligations of $110.4 million from a $98.1 million reduction in benefit obligations from the pension plan settlement, $25.5 million in benefits paid and $1.6 million from an actuarial gain, offset by a $14.8 million increase in interest cost due to a 39 basis point decrease in the pension discount rate from 5.55% at December 31, 2024, to 5.16% at December 31, 2025. The decrease in pension obligations was partially offset by an overall decrease of $98.9 million in pension plan assets from the $96.8 million asset distribution for the pension plan settlement, and $25.5 million in benefits paid, offset by an actual gain on pension plan assets of $23.1 million, or 9.84%, during the year ended December 31, 2025, which was above the expected long-term return on plan assets assumption of 5.75%, and employer contributions of $0.3 million. There was a $2.2 million decrease in MEPPs obligations, primarily due to payments totaling $3.9 million made to the MEPPs during the year ended December 31, 2025.

The Company continues to focus on reducing pension obligations through cash contributions to the plans, lump-sum settlements and plan design changes.

Share Repurchase Program

On July 30, 2018, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase program of up to $100.0 million of the Company’s outstanding class A common stock. Under the authorization, share repurchases may be made at the Company’s discretion, from time to time, in the open market and/or in privately negotiated transactions as permitted by federal securities laws and other legal requirements. The timing, manner, price and amount of any repurchase will depend on economic and market conditions, share price, trading volume, applicable legal requirements and other factors. The program may be suspended or discontinued at any time. There were no share repurchases during the year ended December 31, 2024. The following repurchases occurred during the year ended December 31, 2025:

December 31, 2025
Shares of Class A common stock1,485,803
Weighted average price per share$5.40
Total repurchases during the period (in millions)$8.0

As of December 31, 2025, there were $69.5 million of authorized repurchases remaining under the program.

Risk Management

For a discussion of the Company’s exposure to market risks and management of those market risks, see Item 7A, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

54

Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The Company’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP. The Company’s most critical accounting policies are those that are most important to the portrayal of its financial condition and results of operations, and which require the Company to make its most difficult and subjective estimates. Management is required to make judgments and estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The Company’s management believes that such judgments and estimates are made with consistent and appropriate methods based on information available at the time, and that any reasonable deviation from those judgments and estimates would not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. To the extent that the estimates used differ from actual results, adjustments to the consolidated statements of operations and corresponding consolidated balance sheets would be necessary. These adjustments would be made in future statements.

The Company has identified the following as its critical accounting policies and estimates.

Revenue Recognition

Performance Obligations

At contract inception, the Company assesses the products and services promised in its contracts with customers and identifies performance obligations for each promise to transfer to the customer a product or service that is distinct. To identify the performance obligations, the Company considers the goods or services promised in the contract regardless of whether they are explicitly stated or are implied by customary business practices. The Company determined that the following distinct products and services represent separate performance obligations:

•Pre-Press Services

•Print

•Other Services

For Pre-Press and Other Services, the Company recognizes revenue at a point-in-time upon completion of the performed service and acceptance by the customer. The Company considers transfer of control to occur once the service is performed as the Company has right to payment and the customer has legal title and risk and reward of ownership.

The Company recognizes its Print revenues upon transfer of title and the passage of risk of loss, which is point-in-time upon shipment, and when there is a reasonable assurance as to collectability. Revenues related to the Company’s logistics operations, which includes the delivery of printed material, are included in the Print performance obligation and are also recognized at point-in-time as services are completed. Revenues related to the Company’s imaging operations, which include digital content management, photography, color services and page production, are recognized in accordance with the terms of the contract, typically upon completion of the performed service and acceptance by the customer. Under agreements with certain customers, products may be stored by the Company for future delivery and revenue is recognized upon shipment to the customer. In these situations, the Company may receive warehouse management fees for the services it provides.

55

Table of Contents

Certain revenues earned by the Company require judgment to determine if revenue should be recorded gross as principal or net of related costs as an agent. Billings for third-party shipping and handling costs, primarily in the Company’s logistics operations, and out-of-pocket expenses are recorded gross in net sales and cost of sales in the consolidated statements of operations in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Many of the Company’s operations process materials, primarily paper, that may be supplied directly by customers or may be purchased by the Company and sold to customers. No revenue is recognized for customer-supplied paper. Revenues for the Company-supplied paper are recognized on a gross basis. In some instances, the Company will deliver print work for a customer and bill the customer for postage. In these cases, the Company is acting as an agent and billings are recorded on a net basis in net sales.

Significant Payment Terms

Payment terms and conditions for contracts with customers vary. The Company typically offers standard terms of net 30 days.  It is not the Company’s standard business practice to offer extended payment terms longer than one year. The Company may offer cash discounts or prepayment and extended terms depending on certain facts and circumstances. As such, when the timing of the Company’s delivery of products and services differs from the timing of payment, the Company will record either a contract asset or a contract liability.

Variable Consideration

When evaluating the transaction price, the Company analyzes on a contract by contract basis all applicable variable considerations and non-cash consideration and also performs a constraint analysis. The nature of the Company’s contracts give rise to variable consideration, including, volume rebates, credits, discounts, and other similar items that generally decrease the transaction price. These variable amounts generally are credited to the customer, based on achieving certain levels of sales activity, when contracts are signed, or making payments within specific terms.

Product returns are not significant because the products are customized; however, the Company accrues for the estimated amount of customer allowances at the time of sale based on historical experience and known trends.

When the transaction price requires allocation to multiple performance obligations, the Company uses the estimated stand-alone selling prices using the adjusted market assessment approach.

Impairment of Property, Plant and Equipment, Right-of-Use Assets and Finite-lived Intangible Assets

The Company performs impairment evaluations of its long-lived assets whenever business conditions, events or circumstances indicate that those assets may be impaired, including whether the estimated useful life of such long-lived assets may warrant revision or whether the remaining balance of an asset may not be recoverable. The Company’s most significant long-lived assets are property, plant and equipment, right-of-use assets and customer relationship intangible assets recorded in conjunction with an acquisition. Assessing the impairment of long-lived assets requires the Company to make important estimates and assumptions, including, but not limited to, the expected future cash flows that the assets will generate, how the assets will be used based on the strategic direction of the Company, their remaining useful life and their residual value, if any. Considerable judgment is also applied in incorporating the potential impact of the current economic climate on customer demand and selling prices, the cost of production and the limited activity on secondary markets for the assets and on the cost of capital. When the estimated future undiscounted cash flows to be generated by the assets are less than the carrying value of the long-lived assets, the assets are written down to fair value and a charge is recorded to current operations. The Company uses internal discounted cash flow estimates, quoted market prices when available and independent appraisals, as appropriate, to determine fair value. This fair value determination was categorized as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy (see Note 13, “Financial Instruments and Fair Value Measurements,” to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the definition of Level 3 inputs).

56

Table of Contents

The Company classifies long-lived assets to be sold as held for sale in the period in which: (i) there is an approved plan to sell the asset and the Company is committed to that plan, (ii) the asset is available for immediate sale in its present condition, (iii) an active program to locate a buyer and other actions required to sell the asset have been initiated, (iv) the sale of the asset is probable, (v) the asset is being actively marketed for sale at a price that is reasonable in relation to its current fair value, and (vi) it is unlikely that significant changes to the plan will be made or that the plan will be withdrawn. Assets held for sale are initially measured at the lower of the carrying value or the fair value less cost to sell. Losses resulting from this measurement are recognized in the period in which the held for sale criteria are met while gains are not recognized until the date of sale. Once designated as held for sale, the Company stops recording depreciation expense on the property, plant and equipment. The fair value less cost to sell of long-lived assets held for sale is assessed at each reporting period until it no longer meets this classification.

Based on the assessments completed during the years ended December 31, 2025, and 2024, the Company recognized property, plant and equipment and operating lease right-of-use assets impairment charges of $7.5 million and $33.3 million, respectively, primarily related to the reduction of the carrying value of the majority of the European operations to fair value due to the held for sale determination in 2024, facility consolidations and other capacity reduction. There were no finite-lived intangible asset impairment charges recorded during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.

The Company continues to monitor groups of assets to identify any new events or changes in circumstances that could indicate that their carrying values are not recoverable, particularly in light of potential declines in profitability that may result from the highly competitive industry landscape and continued uncertainty in the global economy. In the event that there are significant and unanticipated changes in circumstances, such as significant adverse changes in business climate, adverse actions by regulators, unanticipated competition, loss of key customers and/or changes in technology or markets, or that actual results differ from management’s estimates, a provision for impairment could be required in a future period.

Workers’ Compensation

The Company is self-insured for a significant portion of its expected workers’ compensation program. Insurance is purchased for individual workers’ compensation claims that exceed $0.8 million. The Company establishes reserves for unresolved claims and for an estimate of incurred but not reported (“IBNR”) claims. These reserves and estimates of IBNR claims are based upon an actuarial study, which is performed annually as of October 31st and is adjusted by the actuarially determined losses and actual claims payments for November and December. The Company also monitors actual claim developments, including incurrence or settlement of individual large claims during the interim periods between actuarial studies as another means of estimating the adequacy of the reserves. As of December 31, 2025, the Company has net reserves for workers’ compensation of $21.9 million, of which $5.3 million was recorded in other current liabilities and $24.6 million was recorded in other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets (see Note 8, “Other Current and Long-Term Liabilities”). These reserves are net of $8.0 million recorded in other long-term assets in the consolidated balance sheets for claims covered by purchased insurance.

New Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 23, “New Accounting Pronouncements,” to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

57

Table of Contents

MD&A history

Prior-year 10-K MD&A spans are extracted from SEC filings with the same bounded parser used for the latest filing. The latest 10-K appears above; prior years are below.

FY 2024 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0001481792-25-000010.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2025-02-21. Report date: 2024-12-31.

Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion of the financial condition and results of operations of Quad should be read together with Quad’s audited consolidated financial statements for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2024, including the notes thereto, included in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect the Company’s plans, estimates and beliefs. The Company’s actual results could differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” included earlier within this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is provided as a supplement to the Company’s consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes to help provide an understanding of the Company’s financial condition, the changes in the Company’s financial condition and the Company’s results of operations. This discussion and analysis is organized as follows:

•Overview. This section includes a general description of the Company’s business and segments, an overview of key performance metrics the Company’s management measures and utilizes to evaluate business performance, and an overview of trends affecting the Company, including management’s actions related to the trends.

•Results of Operations. This section contains an analysis of the Company’s results of operations by comparing the results for the year ended December 31, 2024, to the year ended December 31, 2023. Forward-looking statements providing a general description of recent and projected industry and Company developments that are important to understanding the Company’s results of operations are included in this section. This section also provides a discussion of EBITDA and EBITDA margin, financial measures that the Company uses to assess the performance of its business that are not prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).

•Liquidity and Capital Resources. This section provides an analysis of the Company’s capitalization, cash flows and a discussion of outstanding debt and commitments. Forward-looking statements important to understanding the Company’s financial condition are included in this section. This section also provides a discussion of Free Cash Flow and Debt Leverage Ratio, non-GAAP financial measures that the Company uses to assess liquidity and capital allocation and deployment.

•Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates. This section contains a discussion of the accounting policies that the Company’s management believes are important to the Company’s financial condition and results of operations, as well as allowances and reserves that require significant judgment and estimates on the part of the Company’s management. In addition, all of the Company’s significant accounting policies, including critical accounting policies, are summarized in Note 1, “Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

35

Table of Contents

Overview

Business Overview

Quad is a marketing experience (MX) company that simplifies the complexities of marketing, removing friction from wherever it occurs along the marketing journey. Its results-driven approach enables stronger marketing operations that lead to real, repeatable success for clients. The Company does this through its MX Solutions Suite, which is flexible, scalable and connected. Quad tailors its solutions to each client’s objectives, driving cost efficiencies, improving speed to market, strengthening marketing effectiveness and delivering value on investments. The Company supports a diverse base of clients, including industry-leading blue-chip companies that serve both businesses and consumers across multiple industry verticals, with a particular focus on commerce, including retail, consumer packaged goods and direct-to-consumer; financial services; and health.

For a full description of the Company’s business overview, refer to Part I, Item 1, “Business,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The Company’s operating and reportable segments are aligned with how the chief operating decision maker of the Company currently manages the business. The Company’s operating and reportable segments, including their product and service offerings, and a “Corporate” category, are summarized below.

The United States Print and Related Services segment is predominantly comprised of the Company’s United States printing operations, managed as one integrated platform, and marketing and other complementary services. The printing operations include print execution and logistics for retail inserts, catalogs, long-run publications, special interest publications, journals, direct mail, directories, in-store marketing and promotion, packaging, newspapers, custom print products, as well as other commercial and specialty printed products, along with global paper procurement and the manufacture of ink. Marketing and other complementary services include data intelligence and analytics, technology solutions, media planning, placement and optimization, creative strategy and content creation, as well as execution in non-print channels (e.g., digital and broadcast). This segment also includes medical services. The United States Print and Related Services segment accounted for approximately 87% and 86% of the Company’s consolidated net sales during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

The International segment consists of the Company’s printing operations in Europe and Latin America, including operations in England, France, Germany, Poland, Colombia, Mexico and Peru. This segment provides printed products and marketing and other complementary services consistent with the United States Print and Related Services segment. The International segment accounted for approximately 13% and 14% of the Company’s consolidated net sales during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

Corporate consists of unallocated general and administrative activities and associated expenses including, in part, executive, legal and finance, as well as certain expenses and income from frozen employee retirement plans, such as pension benefit plans.

36

Table of Contents

Key Performance Metrics Overview

The Company’s management believes the ability to generate net sales growth, profit increases and positive cash flow, while maintaining the appropriate level of debt, are key indicators of the successful execution of the Company’s business strategy and will increase shareholder value. The Company uses period-over-period net sales growth, EBITDA, EBITDA margin, net cash provided by operating activities, Free Cash Flow and Debt Leverage Ratio as metrics to measure operating performance, financial condition and liquidity. EBITDA, EBITDA margin, Free Cash Flow and Debt Leverage Ratio are non-GAAP financial measures (see the definitions of EBITDA, EBITDA margin and the reconciliation of net loss to EBITDA in the “Results of Operations” section below, and see the definitions of Free Cash Flow and Debt Leverage Ratio, the reconciliation of net cash provided by operating activities to Free Cash Flow, and the calculation of Debt Leverage Ratio in the “Liquidity and Capital Resources” section below).

Net sales growth. The Company uses period-over-period net sales growth as a key performance metric. The Company’s management assesses net sales growth based on the ability to generate increased net sales through increased sales to existing clients, sales to new clients, sales of new or expanded solutions to existing and new clients, and opportunities to expand sales through strategic investments, including acquisitions.

EBITDA and EBITDA margin. The Company uses EBITDA and EBITDA margin as metrics to assess operating performance. The Company’s management assesses EBITDA and EBITDA margin based on the ability to increase revenues while controlling variable expense growth.

Net cash provided by operating activities. The Company uses net cash provided by operating activities as a metric to assess liquidity. The Company’s management assesses net cash provided by operating activities based on the ability to meet recurring cash obligations while increasing available cash to fund debt service requirements, capital expenditures, cash restructuring requirements related to cost reduction activities, World Color Press single employer pension plan contributions, World Color Press MEPPs withdrawal liabilities, acquisitions and other investments in future growth, shareholder dividends and share repurchases. Net cash provided by operating activities can be significantly impacted by the timing of non-recurring or infrequent receipts or expenditures.

Free Cash Flow. The Company uses Free Cash Flow as a metric to assess liquidity and capital deployment. The Company’s management assesses Free Cash Flow as a measure to quantify cash available for strengthening the balance sheet (debt and pension liability reduction), for strategic capital allocation and deployment through investments in the business (acquisitions and strategic investments) and for returning capital to the shareholders (dividends and share repurchases). The Company’s priorities for capital allocation and deployment will change as circumstances dictate for the business, and Free Cash Flow can be significantly impacted by the Company’s restructuring activities and other unusual items.

Debt Leverage Ratio. The Company uses the Debt Leverage Ratio as a metric to assess liquidity and the flexibility of its balance sheet. Consistent with other liquidity metrics, the Company monitors the Debt Leverage Ratio as a measure to determine the appropriate level of debt the Company believes is optimal to operate its business, and accordingly, to quantify debt capacity available for strengthening the balance sheet (debt and pension liability reduction), for strategic capital allocation and deployment through investments in the business (capital expenditures, acquisitions and strategic investments), and for returning capital to the shareholders (dividends and share repurchases). The Company’s priorities for capital allocation and deployment will change as circumstances dictate for the business, and the Debt Leverage Ratio can be significantly impacted by the amount and timing of large expenditures requiring debt financing, as well as changes in profitability.

The Company remains disciplined with its debt leverage. The Company’s consolidated debt and finance lease obligations decreased by $143.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2024, primarily due to the following: (1) $112.9 million in cash provided by operating activities; (2) $49.1 million in proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment; (3) $23.7 million reduction in cash and cash equivalents; and (4) $22.2 million in proceeds from the sale of an investment, partially offset by $57.2 million in purchases of property, plant and equipment and the $9.4 million payment in cash dividends.

37

Table of Contents

Overview of Trends Affecting Quad

As consumer media consumption habits change, advertising and marketing services providers face increased demand to offer end-to-end marketing services, from strategy and creative through execution. As new marketing channels emerge, these providers must expand their capabilities to create effective multichannel campaigns for their clients, and providers face increased client demand to offer integrated, end-to-end marketing services (i.e., from strategy and creative through execution). These trends greatly influence Quad’s ongoing efforts to help brands reduce the complexities of working with multiple agency partners and vendors, increase marketing process efficiency and maximize marketing effectiveness.

Competition in the commercial printing industry remains highly fragmented, and the Company believes that there are indicators of heightened competitive pressures. The commercial printing industry has moved toward a demand for shorter print runs, faster product turnaround and increased production efficiencies of products with lower page counts and increased complexity. This — combined with increases in postage and paper costs as well as marketers’ increasing use of online marketing and communication channels — has led to excess manufacturing capacity.

For a full description of the Company’s industry and competition overview, refer to Part I, Item 1, “Business,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The Company believes that a disciplined approach for capital management and a strong balance sheet are critical to be able to invest in profitable growth opportunities and technological advances, thereby providing the highest return for shareholders. Management balances the use of cash between deleveraging the Company’s balance sheet (through reduction in debt and pension obligations), compelling investment opportunities (through capital expenditures, acquisitions and strategic investments) and returns to shareholders (through dividends and share repurchases).

The Company continues to make progress on integrating and streamlining all aspects of its business, thereby lowering its cost structure by consolidating its manufacturing platform into its most efficient facilities, as well as realizing purchasing, mailing and logistics efficiencies by centralizing and consolidating print manufacturing volumes and eliminating redundancies in its administrative and corporate operations. The Company has continued to evolve its manufacturing platform, equipping facilities to be product-line agnostic, which enables the Company to maximize equipment utilization. Quad believes that the large plant size of its key printing facilities allows the Company to drive savings in certain product lines (such as publications and catalogs) due to economies of scale and from investments in automation and technology. The Company continues to focus on proactively aligning its cost structure to the realities of the top-line pressures it faces in the printing industry through Lean Manufacturing and sustainable continuous improvement programs.

The Company believes it will continue to drive productivity improvements and sustainable cost reduction initiatives into the future through an engaged workforce and ongoing adoption of the latest manufacturing automation and technology. Through this strategy, the Company believes it can maintain the strongest, most efficient print manufacturing platform to remain a high-quality, low-cost producer.

Integrated distribution with the USPS is an important component of the Company’s business. Any material change in the current service levels provided by the postal service could impact the demand that clients have for print services. In September 2024, the USPS held a pre-filing conference to further reduce service standards. These changes required an advisory opinion from the PRC, which was issued in January 2025, urging the USPS to reconsider its plan. However, the USPS is still expected to implement the changes in 2025, regardless of the advisory opinion issued. In addition to the reduce service standards, the USPS has also issued reduced service performance targets for 2025. Almost all letters and flats targets were reduced, some as much as 15% lower than 2024 targets (i.e. First Class Letters three to five day on time performance target was reduced from 90% down to 80%).

38

Table of Contents

The USPS continues to experience financial problems. The passing of the Postal Service Reform Act of 2022, signed in April 2022, gave the USPS considerable financial relief as well as significant other relief over the next ten years. While the legislative postal reform helps considerably, without decreased operational cost structures, increased efficiencies or increased volumes and revenues, these losses are expected to continue into the future. As a result of these financial difficulties, the USPS has continued to adjust its postal rates and service levels. The USPS did not implement a Market Dominant product price increase for January 2025. However, the available rate authority will roll forward to July 2025. The USPS has confirmed it intends to continue with twice a year price increases for 2026 and 2027. With postage increases that continue to exceed the CPI, clients will continue to reduce mail volumes and explore the use of alternative methods for delivering a larger portion of their products, such as continued diversion to the internet, digital and mobile channels and other alternative media channels, in order to ensure that they stay within their expected postage budgets.

Federal statute requires the PRC to conduct reviews of the overall rate-making structure for the USPS to ensure funding stability. As a result of those reviews, the PRC authorized a five year rate-making structure that provides the USPS with additional pricing flexibility over the CPI cap, which has resulted in a substantially altered rate structure for mailers. The revised rate authority that is effective as a result of the rules issued by the PRC includes a higher overall rate cap on the USPS’ ability to increase rates from year to year. The USPS has used these additional rate authorities to implement twice a year increases. This will continue to lead to price spikes for mailers and may also reduce the incentive for the USPS to continue to take out costs and instead continue to rely on postage to cover the costs of an outdated postal service that does not reflect the industry’s ability or willingness to pay. Given the significant amount of concern that has been expressed by the mailing industry, in April 2024, the PRC opened a proceeding to start the next rate system review, which is still underway. The Company believes the continued use of all available rate authority by the USPS will continue to increase the potential volume declines as rate predictability with respect to cost is no longer known for mailers.

The Company has invested significantly in its mail preparation and distribution capabilities to mitigate the impact of increases in postage costs, and to help clients successfully navigate the ever-changing postal environment. Through its data analytics, unique software to merge mail streams on a large scale, advanced finishing capabilities and technology, and in-house transportation and logistics operations, the Company manages the mail preparation and distribution of most of its clients’ products to maximize efficiency, to enable on-time and consistent delivery and to partially reduce these costs.

The Company continues to face several other industry challenges that have been, and are expected to continue to, adversely impact the Company’s results of operation. The Company continues to operate in an elevated interest rate environment, which is expected to continue through 2025. Additionally, the price and availability of paper has been, and may continue to be, adversely affected by paper mills’ permanent or temporary closures; paper mills’ access to raw materials, conversion to produce other types of paper, and ability to transport paper produced; and tariffs and trade restrictions. Postal rate increases, along with the previously described industry challenges, have led to reduced demand for printed products and has caused clients to move more aggressively into other delivery methods, such as the many digital and mobile options now available to consumers. This reduced volume has driven the Company to institute several cost saving measures through its restructuring program, including plant closures and headcount reductions. Through these cost saving measures and proceeds from asset sales, the Company has been able to maintain focus on its transformation into an MX company, with flexibility to invest into the growing business, as well as continuing to be advantageous in its efforts to return capital to shareholders and reduce debt. The Company is also dependent on its production personnel to print the Company’s products in a cost-effective and efficient manner that allows the Company to obtain new clients and to drive sales from existing clients. The Company is unable to predict the full future impact these challenges will have on its business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations, but expects them to continue into 2025.

39

Table of Contents

Results of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2024, Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2023

Summary Results

The Company’s operating income, operating margin, net loss (computed using a 25% normalized tax rate for all items subject to tax) and diluted loss per share for the year ended December 31, 2024, changed from the year ended December 31, 2023, as follows (dollars in millions, except per share data):

Operating IncomeOperating MarginNet LossDiluted Loss Per Share
For the year ended December 31, 2023$25.70.9%$(55.4)$(1.14)
Restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges, net (1)(24.0)(1.2)%(18.0)(0.40)
Other operating income elements (2)17.51.0%13.10.30
Operating Income19.20.7%(60.3)(1.24)
Interest expense (3)N/AN/A4.10.06
Net pension income (4)N/AN/A(0.7)(0.02)
Income taxes (5)N/AN/A6.00.13
For the year ended December 31, 2024$19.20.7%$(50.9)$(1.07)

______________________________

(1)Restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges, net increased $24.0 million ($18.0 million, net of tax), to $101.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2024, and included the following:

a.A $4.6 million decrease in employee termination charges from $35.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2023, to $30.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2024;

b.A $49.7 million increase in impairment charges from $25.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2023, to $74.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2024;

c.A $4.8 million decrease in transaction-related charges from $4.2 million of expense during the year ended December 31, 2023, to $0.6 million of income during the year ended December 31, 2024;

d.A $0.6 million decrease in integration-related charges from $1.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2023, to $0.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2024; and

e.A $15.7 million decrease in various other restructuring charges from $12.0 million of expense during the year ended December 31, 2023, to $3.7 million of income during the year ended December 31, 2024.

The Company expects to incur additional restructuring and integration costs in future reporting periods in connection with eliminating excess manufacturing capacity and properly aligning its cost structure in conjunction with the Company’s acquisitions and strategic investments, and other cost reduction programs.

(2)Other operating income elements increased $17.5 million ($13.1 million, net of tax) primarily due to the following: (1) a $26.3 million decrease in depreciation and amortization expense; (2) impacts from improved manufacturing productivity; and (3) savings from other cost reduction initiatives, partially offset by print volume decreases and a $12.3 million increase in selling, general and administrative expenses.

(3)Interest expense decreased $5.5 million ($4.1 million, net of tax) during the year ended December 31, 2024, to $64.5 million. This change was due to lower average debt levels and a $1.7 million decrease in interest expense related to the interest rate swap, partially offset by a higher weighted average interest rate on borrowings during the year ended December 31, 2024, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023.

(4)Net pension income decreased $0.9 million ($0.7 million, net of tax) during the year ended December 31, 2024, to $0.8 million. This was due to a $1.7 million decrease from the expected long-term return on pension plan assets and a $0.4 million increase in the amortization of actuarial loss, partially offset by a $1.2 million decrease from interest cost on pension plan liabilities.

40

Table of Contents

(5)The $6.0 million decrease in income tax expense as calculated in the following table is primarily due to the following: (1) a $16.3 million decrease in the Company’s liability for audit assessments and unrecognized tax benefits; (2) a $5.1 million decrease from adjustments to deferred tax assets; (3) a $1.7 million decrease from differences in foreign statutory income tax rates; and (4) a $1.7 million decrease from the impact of foreign branches. These decreases were partially offset by a $9.8 million increase from from valuation allowance reserve and an $8.7 million increase from non-deductible impairments charges related to the European operations.

Year Ended December 31,
20242023$ Change
(dollars in millions)
Loss before income taxes$(44.5)$(42.6)$(1.9)
Normalized tax rate25.0%25.0%
Income tax benefit at normalized tax rate(11.1)(10.7)(0.4)
Less: Income tax expense from the consolidated statements of operations6.412.8(6.4)
Impact of income taxes$17.5$23.5$(6.0)

Operating Results

The following table sets forth certain information from the Company’s consolidated statements of operations on an absolute dollar basis and as a relative percentage of total net sales for each noted period, together with the relative percentage change in such information between the periods set forth below:

Year Ended December 31,
2024% of Net Sales2023% of Net Sales$ Change% Change
(dollars in millions)
Net sales:
Products$2,099.278.6%$2,334.178.9%$(234.9)(10.1)%
Services573.021.4%623.621.1%(50.6)(8.1)%
Total net sales2,672.2100.0%2,957.7100.0%(285.5)(9.7)%
Cost of sales:
Products1,736.465.0%1,984.767.1%(248.3)(12.5)%
Services355.813.3%396.513.4%(40.7)(10.3)%
Total cost of sales2,092.278.3%2,381.280.5%(289.0)(12.1)%
Selling, general & administrative expenses356.813.4%344.511.6%12.33.6%
Depreciation and amortization102.53.8%128.84.4%(26.3)(20.4)%
Restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges, net101.53.8%77.52.6%24.031.0%
Total operating expenses2,653.099.3%2,932.099.1%(279.0)(9.5)%
Operating income$19.20.7%$25.70.9%$(6.5)(25.3)%

41

Table of Contents

Net Sales

Product sales decreased $234.9 million, or 10.1%, for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily due to the following: (1) a $142.1 million decrease from paper sales; (2) a $91.4 million decrease in sales in the Company’s print product lines, mainly due to decreased print volumes and a higher mix of lower unit price gravure versus offset print in our magazine and catalog print offerings; and (3) $1.4 million in unfavorable foreign exchange impacts.

Service sales, which primarily consist of logistics, distribution, marketing services, imaging and medical services, decreased $50.6 million, or 8.1%, for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily due to a $44.2 million decrease in marketing services and medical services and a $6.4 million decrease in logistics sales from lower print volumes.

Cost of Sales

Cost of product sales decreased $248.3 million, or 12.5%, for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily due to the following: (1) a decrease in paper costs; (2) the impact from lower print volumes; (3) impacts from improved manufacturing productivity; and (4) other cost reduction initiatives.

Cost of service sales decreased $40.7 million, or 10.3%, for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily due to the impact from lower marketing services and decreased freight volumes.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $12.3 million, or 3.6%, for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily due to a $10.8 million increase from unfavorable foreign exchange impacts and a $4.4 million increase in employee-related expenses, partially offset by a $4.1 million gain on the sale of an investment in 2024. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales increased from 11.6% for the year ended December 31, 2023, to 13.4% for the year ended December 31, 2024.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization decreased $26.3 million, or 20.4%, for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, due to a $15.9 million decrease in depreciation expense, primarily due to impacts from plant closures and from property, plant and equipment becoming fully depreciated over the past year, and a $10.4 million decrease in amortization expense, primarily from intangible assets becoming fully amortized over the past year.

42

Table of Contents

Restructuring, Impairment and Transaction-Related Charges, Net

Restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges, net increased $24.0 million, or 31.0%, for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily due to the following:

Year Ended December 31,
20242023$ Change
(dollars in millions)
Employee termination charges$30.5$35.1$(4.6)
Impairment charges (a)74.925.249.7
Transaction-related charges (income)(0.6)4.2(4.8)
Integration costs0.41.0(0.6)
Other restructuring charges (income)
Vacant facility carrying costs and lease exit charges14.216.6(2.4)
Equipment and infrastructure removal costs1.60.90.7
Gains on the sale of facilities (b)(20.5)(9.2)(11.3)
Other restructuring activities1.03.7(2.7)
Other restructuring charges (income)(3.7)12.0(15.7)
Total restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges, net$101.5$77.5$24.0

______________________________

(a)Includes $74.9 million and $25.2 million of impairment charges during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, which consisted of the following: (1) $57.6 million of impairment to reduce the carrying value of the European operations to its estimated fair value, including $41.6 million for foreign currency translation adjustments and $16.0 million for property, plant and equipment in 2024; (2) $14.2 million and $17.5 million, respectively, for machinery and equipment no longer being utilized in production as a result of facility consolidations, as well as other capacity reduction activities; (3) $4.1 million for software licensing and related implementation costs from a terminated project in 2023; and (4) $3.1 million and $3.6 million, respectively, for operating lease right-of-use assets.

(b)Includes a $20.5 million gain on the sale of the Saratoga Springs, New York facility during the year ended December 31, 2024 and a $9.2 million gain on the sale of the Merced, California facility during the year ended December 31, 2023.

EBITDA and EBITDA Margin—Consolidated

EBITDA is defined as net earnings (loss), excluding (1) interest expense, (2) income tax expense and (3) depreciation and amortization. EBITDA margin represents EBITDA as a percentage of net sales. EBITDA and EBITDA margin are presented to provide additional information regarding Quad’s performance. Both are important measures by which Quad gauges the profitability and assesses the performance of its business. EBITDA and EBITDA margin are non-GAAP financial measures and should not be considered alternatives to net earnings (loss) as a measure of operating performance, or to cash flows provided by operating activities as a measure of liquidity. Quad’s calculation of EBITDA and EBITDA margin may be different from the calculations used by other companies, and therefore, comparability may be limited.

EBITDA and EBITDA margin for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, were as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
2024% of Net Sales2023% of Net Sales
(dollars in millions)
EBITDA and EBITDA margin (non-GAAP)$122.54.6%$156.25.3%

43

Table of Contents

EBITDA decreased $33.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily due to $24.0 million of increased restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges, net and impacts from lower print volumes and marketing services sales, partially offset by impacts from improved manufacturing productivity and savings from other cost reduction initiatives.

A reconciliation of EBITDA to net loss for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, was as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
20242023
(dollars in millions)
Net loss (1)$(50.9)$(55.4)
Interest expense64.570.0
Income tax expense6.412.8
Depreciation and amortization102.5128.8
EBITDA (non-GAAP)$122.5$156.2

______________________________

(1)Net loss included the following:

a.Restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges, net of $101.5 million and $77.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

United States Print and Related Services

The following table summarizes net sales, operating income, operating margin and certain items impacting comparability within the United States Print and Related Services segment:

Year Ended December 31,
20242023$ Change% Change
(dollars in millions)
Net sales:
Products$1,775.0$1,949.7$(174.7)(9.0)%
Services554.5604.6(50.1)(8.3)%
Operating income (including restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges, net)112.856.656.299.3%
Operating margin4.8%2.2%N/AN/A
Restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges, net$42.8$66.3$(23.5)(35.4)%

Net Sales

Product sales for the United States Print and Related Services segment decreased $174.7 million, or 9.0%, for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily due to a $100.2 million decrease from paper sales and a $74.5 million decrease in sales in the Company’s print product lines, mainly due to decreased print volumes and a higher mix of lower unit price gravure versus offset print in our magazine and catalog print offerings.

Service sales for the United States Print and Related Services segment decreased $50.1 million, or 8.3%, for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily due to a $44.1 million decrease in marketing services and medical services and a $6.0 million decrease in logistics sales from lower print volumes.

Operating Income

Operating income for the United States Print and Related Services segment increased $56.2 million, or 99.3%, for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily due to the following: (1) a $23.5 million decrease in restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges, net; (2) a $23.2 million decrease in depreciation and amortization expense; (3) impacts from improved manufacturing productivity; and (4) savings from other cost reduction initiatives; partially offset by the impact from decreased print volumes and marketing services sales.

The operating margin for the United States Print and Related Services segment increased to 4.8% for the year ended December 31, 2024, from 2.2% for the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily due to the reasons provided above.

Restructuring, Impairment and Transaction-Related Charges, Net

Restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges, net for the United States Print and Related Services segment decreased $23.5 million, or 35.4%, for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily due to the following:

Year Ended December 31,
20242023$ Change
(dollars in millions)
Employee termination charges$29.8$34.3$(4.5)
Impairment charges (a)17.123.2(6.1)
Integration costs0.40.4
Other restructuring charges (income)
Vacant facility carrying costs and lease exit charges14.216.6(2.4)
Equipment and infrastructure removal costs1.60.90.7
Gains on the sale of facilities (b)(20.5)(9.2)(11.3)
Other restructuring activities0.20.5(0.3)
Other restructuring charges (income)(4.5)8.8(13.3)
Total restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges, net$42.8$66.3$(23.5)

______________________________

(a)Includes $17.1 million and $23.2 million of impairment charges during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, which consisted of the following: (1) $14.0 million and $15.5 million, respectively, for machinery and equipment no longer being utilized in production as a result of facility consolidations, as well as other capacity reduction; (2) $4.1 million for software licensing and related implementation costs from a terminated project in 2023; and (3) $3.1 million and $3.6 million, respectively, for operating lease right-of-use assets.

(b)Includes a $20.5 million gain on the sale of the Saratoga Springs, New York facility during the year ended December 31, 2024, and a $9.2 million gain on the sale of the Merced, California facility during the year ended December 31, 2023.

44

Table of Contents

International

The following table summarizes net sales, operating income (loss), operating margin, and certain items impacting comparability within the International segment:

Year Ended December 31,
20242023$ Change% Change
(dollars in millions)
Net sales:
Products$324.2$384.4$(60.2)(15.7)%
Services18.519.0(0.5)(2.6)%
Operating income (loss) (including restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges, net)(45.7)18.3(64.0)nm
Operating margin(13.3)%4.5%N/AN/A
Restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges, net$61.9$9.6$52.3nm

Net Sales

Product sales for the International segment decreased $60.2 million, or 15.7%, for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily due to the following: (1) a $41.9 million decrease in paper sales; (2) a $16.9 million decrease in print volume, primarily in Europe and Mexico; and (3) $1.4 million in unfavorable foreign exchange impacts, primarily in Mexico.

Service sales for the International segment decreased $0.5 million, or 2.6%, for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily due to a $0.4 million decrease in logistics sales and a $0.1 million decrease in marketing services sales.

Operating Income (Loss)

Operating income (loss) for the International segment decreased $64.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily due to a $52.3 million increase in restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges, net and a $14.7 million decrease in operating income from decreased print product volume, primarily in Mexico, Peru and Europe, partially offset by a $3.0 million decrease in depreciation and amortization.

Restructuring, Impairment and Transaction-Related Charges, Net

Restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges, net for the International segment increased $52.3 million, for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily due to the following:

Year Ended December 31,
20242023$ Change
(dollars in millions)
Employee termination charges$0.7$0.5$0.2
Impairment charges (a)57.82.055.8
Transaction-related charges2.62.7(0.1)
Integration costs1.0(1.0)
Other restructuring charges0.83.4(2.6)
Total restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges, net$61.9$9.6$52.3

______________________________

(a)Includes $57.8 million and $2.0 million of impairment charges during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, which consisted of $57.6 million of impairment charges to reduce the carrying value of the European operations to its estimated fair value, including $41.6 million for foreign currency translation adjustments and $16.0 million for property, plant and equipment during 2024, and $0.2 million and $2.0 million, respectively, for machinery and equipment no longer being utilized in production as a result of facility consolidations, as well as other capacity reduction activities.

Corporate

The following table summarizes unallocated operating expenses presented as Corporate:

Year Ended December 31,
20242023$ Change% Change
(dollars in millions)
Operating expenses (including restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges, net)$47.9$49.2$(1.3)(2.6)%
Restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges, net(3.2)1.6(4.8)nm

Operating Expenses

Corporate operating expenses decreased $1.3 million, or 2.6%, for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily due to a $4.8 million decrease in restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges, net, partially offset by a $4.8 million increase in employee-related costs.

45

Table of Contents

Restructuring, Impairment and Transaction-Related Charges, Net

Corporate restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges, net decreased $4.8 million, for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily due to the following:

Year Ended December 31,
20242023$ Change
(dollars in millions)
Employee termination charges$$0.3$(0.3)
Transaction-related charges (income) (a)(3.2)1.5(4.7)
Other restructuring charges (income)(0.2)0.2
Total restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges, net$(3.2)$1.6$(4.8)

______________________________

(a)Includes professional service fees related to business acquisitions and divestiture activities, as well as adjustments to estimated acquisition consideration in 2024.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The Company utilizes cash flows from operating activities and borrowings under its credit facilities to satisfy its liquidity and capital requirements. The Company had total liquidity of $328.1 million as of December 31, 2024, which consisted of up to $298.9 million of unused capacity under its revolving credit arrangement, which was net of $25.7 million of issued letters of credit, and cash and cash equivalents of $29.2 million. This is the most restrictive liquidity measure currently applicable under the credit agreement. There were no borrowings under the $324.6 million revolving credit facility as of December 31, 2024.

The Company believes its expected future cash flows from operating activities and its current liquidity and capital resources, are sufficient to fund ongoing operating requirements and service debt and pension requirements for both the next 12 months and beyond.

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

Year Ended December 31, 2024, Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2023

Net cash provided by operating activities was $112.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to $147.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, resulting in a $34.7 million decrease in cash provided by operating activities. The decrease was primarily due to a $49.9 million decrease in cash flows provided by changes in operating assets and liabilities, partially offset by a $15.2 million increase in cash from earnings.

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Investing Activities

Year Ended December 31, 2024, Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2023

Net cash provided by investing activities was $12.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to net cash used in investing activities of $46.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, resulting in a $59.1 million increase in cash provided by investing activities. The increase was primarily due to the following: (1) a $22.2 million increase in proceeds from the sale of an investment; (2) a $17.4 million increase in proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment; (3) a $13.6 million decrease in purchases of property, plant and equipment; (4) a $3.3 million decrease in cash used in other investing activities; (5) a $1.5 million decrease in cash used in the acquisition of a business; (6) a $0.6 million decrease in loan to an unconsolidated entity; and (7) a $0.5 million decrease in cost investment in unconsolidated entities.

46

Table of Contents

Net Cash Used in Financing Activities

Year Ended December 31, 2024, Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2023

Net cash used in financing activities was $149.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to $73.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, resulting in a $75.5 million increase in cash used in financing activities. The increase was primarily due to the following: (1) a $74.4 million increase in net payments of debt and lease obligations in 2024 compared to 2023; (2) a $9.3 million increase in payment of dividends; (3) a $4.4 million increase in payments of debt issuance costs and financing fees; and (4) a $0.4 million increase in equity awards redeemed to pay employees’ tax obligations. These increases were partially offset by a $12.6 million decrease in purchases of treasury stock and a $0.4 million decrease in cash used for other financing activities.

Free Cash Flow

Free Cash Flow is defined as net cash provided by operating activities less purchases of property, plant and equipment.

The Company’s management assesses Free Cash Flow as a measure to quantify cash available for (1) strengthening the balance sheet (debt and pension liability reduction), (2) strategic capital allocation and deployment through investments in the business (acquisitions and strategic investments) and (3) returning capital to the shareholders (dividends and share repurchases). The priorities for capital allocation and deployment will change as circumstances dictate for the business, and Free Cash Flow can be significantly impacted by the Company’s restructuring activities and other unusual items.

Free Cash Flow is a non-GAAP financial measure and should not be considered an alternative to cash flows provided by operating activities as a measure of liquidity. Quad’s calculation of Free Cash Flow may be different from similar calculations used by other companies, and therefore, comparability may be limited.

Free Cash Flow for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, was as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
20242023
(dollars in millions)
Net cash provided by operating activities$112.9$147.6
Less: purchases of property, plant and equipment57.270.8
Free Cash Flow (non-GAAP)$55.7$76.8

Free Cash Flow decreased $21.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily due to a $34.7 million decrease in net cash provided by operating activities, partially offset by a $13.6 million decrease in capital expenditures. See the “Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities” section above for further explanations of the change in operating cash flows.

Debt Leverage Ratio

The Debt Leverage Ratio is defined as total debt and finance lease obligations less cash and cash equivalents (Net Debt) divided by the trailing twelve months Adjusted EBITDA, comprised of the sum of the last twelve months of EBITDA (see the definition of EBITDA and the reconciliation of net loss to EBITDA in the “Results of Operations” section above) and restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges, net.

47

Table of Contents

The Company uses the Debt Leverage Ratio as a metric to assess liquidity and the flexibility of its balance sheet. Consistent with other liquidity metrics, the Company monitors the Debt Leverage Ratio as a measure to determine the appropriate level of debt the Company believes is optimal to operate its business, and accordingly, to quantify debt capacity available for strengthening the balance sheet through debt and pension liability reduction, for strategic capital allocation and deployment through investments in the business, and for returning capital to the shareholders. The priorities for capital allocation and deployment will change as circumstances dictate for the business, and the Debt Leverage Ratio can be significantly impacted by the amount and timing of large expenditures requiring debt financing, as well as changes in profitability.

The Debt Leverage Ratio is a non-GAAP measure, and should not be considered an alternative to cash flows provided by operating activities as a measure of liquidity. Quad’s calculation of the Debt Leverage Ratio may be different from similar calculations used by other companies and, therefore, comparability may be limited.

The Debt Leverage Ratio calculated below differs from the Total Leverage Ratio, the Total Net Leverage Ratio and Senior Secured Leverage Ratio included in the Company’s debt covenant calculations (see “Covenants and Compliance” section below for further information on debt covenants). The Total Leverage Ratio included in the Company’s debt covenants includes interest rate derivative liabilities and letters of credit as debt, and excludes non-cash stock-based compensation expense from EBITDA. The Total Net Leverage Ratio includes and excludes the same adjustments as the Total Leverage Ratio, in addition to netting domestic unrestricted cash with debt. Similarly, the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio includes and excludes the same adjustments as the Total Leverage Ratio, in addition to netting domestic unrestricted cash with debt.

The Debt Leverage Ratio as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, was as follows:

December 31, 2024December 31, 2023
(dollars in millions)
Total debt and finance lease obligations on the consolidated balance sheets$379.2$522.7
Less: Cash and cash equivalents29.252.9
Net Debt (non-GAAP)$350.0$469.8
Divided by: Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended (non-GAAP)$224.0$233.7
Debt Leverage Ratio (non-GAAP)1.56x2.01x

The calculation of Adjusted EBITDA for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, was as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
20242023
(dollars in millions)
Net loss$(50.9)$(55.4)
Interest expense64.570.0
Income tax expense6.412.8
Depreciation and amortization102.5128.8
EBITDA (non-GAAP)$122.5$156.2
Restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges, net101.577.5
Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP)$224.0$233.7

48

Table of Contents

The Debt Leverage Ratio, at December 31, 2024, decreased 0.45x to 1.56x compared to December 31, 2023, primarily due to a $119.8 million decrease in Net Debt, partially offset by a $9.7 million decrease in Adjusted EBITDA. The Debt Leverage Ratio, at December 31, 2024, is within management’s desired target Debt Leverage Ratio range of 1.50x to 2.00x; however, the Company will operate at times above the Debt Leverage Ratio target range depending on the timing of compelling strategic investment opportunities, as well as seasonal working capital needs.

Description of Significant Outstanding Debt Obligations as of December 31, 2024

As of December 31, 2024, the Company utilized a combination of debt instruments to fund cash requirements, including the following:

•Senior Secured Credit Facility:

◦$324.6 million revolving credit facility (no outstanding balance as of December 31, 2024); and

◦$825.0 million Term Loan A ($360.8 million outstanding as of December 31, 2024);

Senior Secured Credit Facility

On April 28, 2014, the Company entered into its Senior Secured Credit Facility, which included a revolving credit facility, Term Loan A and Term Loan B (Term Loan B was retired in July 2019). The Company completed the seventh amendment to the Senior Secured Credit Facility on January 24, 2023, which transitioned the Company’s reference rate from LIBOR to SOFR effective February 1, 2023. The Company elected the practical expedient outlined in Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2020-04 and ASU 2021-01 which allowed the Company to prospectively adjust the effective interest rate after the reference rate change. The transition from LIBOR to SOFR did not have a material impact on the condensed consolidated financial statements.

The Company completed the eighth amendment to the Senior Secured Credit Facility on January 4, 2024, which added an additional $25.0 million principal value to the Term Loan A (under the Extended Maturity Date, as defined below). On January 31, 2024, the Company used liquidity available under its revolving credit facility and available cash on hand to fund the repayment on maturity of $87.7 million aggregate principal amount, outstanding at the time, of its Term Loan A.

The Company completed the ninth amendment to the Senior Secured Credit Facility (the “Ninth Amendment”) on October 18, 2024. The Senior Secured Credit Facility was amended to: (1) reduce the aggregate amount of the existing revolving credit facility from $342.5 million to $324.6 million, and extend the maturity of a portion of the revolving credit facility such that $17.7 million under the revolving credit facility will be due on the existing maturity date of November 2, 2026 (the “Existing Maturity Date”) and $306.9 million under the revolving credit facility with be due on October 18, 2029 (the “Extended Maturity Date); (2) extend the maturity of a portion of the existing Term Loan A such that $8.7 million of such term loan facility will be due on the Existing Maturity Date and $193.2 million will be due on the Extended Maturity Date; (3) make certain adjustments to pricing, including an increase of 0.50% to the interest rate margin applicable to the loans maturing on the Extended Maturity Date; and (4) modify certain financial and operational covenants retroactive to September 30, 2024, including the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio (net indebtedness to consolidated EBITDA) shall not exceed 3.00 to 1.00 for any fiscal quarter ending on or after September 30, 2024, as well as the Total Leverage Ratio (consolidated total indebtedness to consolidated EBITDA) shall not exceed 3.50 to 1.00 for any fiscal quarter ending on or after September 30, 2024.

Borrowings under the revolving credit facility and Term Loan A made under the Senior Secured Credit Facility bear interest at 3.00% in excess of reserve adjusted SOFR, or 2.00% in excess of an alternate base rate with a SOFR floor of 0.75% for the extended tranche and bear interest at 2.50% in excess of reserve adjusted SOFR, or 1.50% in excess of an alternate base rate with a SOFR floor of 0.75% for the non-extending tranche.

49

Table of Contents

At December 31, 2024, the Company had no outstanding borrowings on the revolving credit facility, and had $25.7 million of issued letters of credit, leaving up to $298.9 million available for future borrowings. This is the most restrictive liquidity measure currently applicable under the credit agreement. The Senior Secured Credit Facility is secured by substantially all of the unencumbered assets of the Company. The Senior Secured Credit Facility also requires the Company to provide additional collateral to the lenders in certain limited circumstances.

Master Note and Security Agreement

On September 1, 1995, and as last amended on November 24, 2014, the Company entered into its Master Note and Security Agreement. On November 25, 2024, the Company used liquidity available under its revolving credit facility and available cash on hand to fund the repayment of the total outstanding aggregate principal balance of $1.5 million, thus terminating the Master Note and Security Agreement. The notes were collateralized by certain United States press equipment under the terms of the Master Note and Security Agreement.

Covenants and Compliance

The Company’s various lending arrangements include certain financial covenants (all financial terms, numbers and ratios are as defined in the Company’s debt agreements). Among these covenants, the Company was required to maintain the following as of December 31, 2024:

•Total Leverage Ratio. On a rolling twelve-month basis, the Total Leverage Ratio, defined as consolidated total indebtedness to consolidated EBITDA, shall not exceed 3.50 to 1.00 (for the twelve months ended December 31, 2024, the Company’s Total Leverage Ratio was 1.68 to 1.00).

•If there is any amount outstanding on the Revolving Credit Facility or Term Loan A, or if any lender has any revolving credit exposure or Term Loan A credit exposure, the Company is required to maintain the following:

◦Senior Secured Leverage Ratio. On a rolling four-quarter basis, the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio, defined as the ratio of consolidated senior secured net indebtedness to consolidated EBITDA, shall not exceed 3.00 to 1.00 for any fiscal quarter ending on or after September 30, 2024 (for the twelve months ended December 31, 2024, the Company’s Senior Secured Leverage Ratio was 1.57 to 1.00).

◦Interest Coverage Ratio. On a rolling twelve-month basis, the Interest Coverage Ratio, defined as consolidated EBITDA to cash consolidated interest expense, shall not be less than 3.00 to 1.00 (for the twelve months ended December 31, 2024, the Company’s Interest Coverage Ratio was 4.18 to 1.00).

The Company was in compliance with all financial covenants in its debt agreements as of December 31, 2024. While the Company currently expects to be in compliance in future periods with all of the financial covenants, there can be no assurance that these covenants will continue to be met. The Company’s failure to maintain compliance with the covenants could prevent the Company from borrowing additional amounts and could result in a default under any of the debt agreements. Such default could cause the outstanding indebtedness to become immediately due and payable, by virtue of cross-acceleration or cross-default provisions.

50

Table of Contents

In addition to those covenants, the Senior Secured Credit Facility also includes certain limitations on acquisitions, indebtedness, liens, dividends and repurchases of capital stock.

•If the Company’s Total Leverage Ratio is greater than 2.75 to 1.00, the Company is prohibited from making greater than $60.0 million of dividend payments, capital stock repurchases and certain other payments, over the course of the agreement. If the Company’s Total Leverage Ratio is above 2.50 to 1.00 but below 2.75 to 1.00, the Company is prohibited from making greater than $100.0 million of dividend payments, capital stock repurchases and certain other payments, over the course of the agreement. If the Total Leverage Ratio is less than 2.50 to 1.00, there are no such restrictions. As the Company’s Total Leverage Ratio as of December 31, 2024, was 1.68 to 1.00, the limitations described above are not applicable at this time.

•If the Company’s Senior Secured Leverage Ratio is greater than 3.00 to 1.00 or the Company’s Total Net Leverage Ratio which, on a rolling twelve-month basis, is defined as consolidated net indebtedness to consolidated EBITDA, is greater than 3.50 to 1.00, the Company is prohibited from voluntarily prepaying any unsecured or subordinated indebtedness, with certain exceptions (including any mandatory prepayments on any unsecured or subordinated debt). If the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio is less than 3.00 to 1.00 and the Total Net Leverage Ratio is less than 3.50 to 1.00, there are no such restrictions. The limitations described above are currently not applicable, as the Company’s Senior Secured Leverage Ratio was 1.57 to 1.00 and Total Net Leverage Ratio was 1.57 to 1.00, as of December 31, 2024.

Net Pension Obligations

The net underfunded pension and MEPPs obligations decreased by $7.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2024, from $63.4 million at December 31, 2023, to $55.6 million at December 31, 2024. This decrease was primarily due to a $5.3 million decrease in the underfunded defined benefit plan obligations during the year ended December 31, 2024. This $5.3 million decrease in the underfunded status was primarily due to a decrease in overall pension obligations of $30.1 million from $32.5 million in benefits paid and $14.0 million from an actuarial gain, offset by a $16.4 million increase in interest cost due to a 44 basis point increase in the pension discount rate from 5.11% at December 31, 2023, to 5.55% at December 31, 2024. The decrease in pension obligations was partially offset by an overall decrease of $24.8 million in pension plan assets from $32.5 million in benefits paid, offset by an actual gain on pension plan assets of $5.6 million, or 2.99%, during the year ended December 31, 2024, which was below the expected long-term return on plan assets assumption of 6.30%, and employer contributions of $2.1 million. There was a $2.5 million decrease in MEPPs obligations, primarily due to payments totaling $4.3 million made to the MEPPS during the year ended December 31, 2024.

The Company continues to focus on reducing pension obligations through cash contributions to the plans, lump-sum settlements and plan design changes.

51

Table of Contents

Share Repurchase Program

On July 30, 2018, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase program of up to $100.0 million of the Company’s outstanding class A common stock. Under the authorization, share repurchases may be made at the Company’s discretion, from time to time, in the open market and/or in privately negotiated transactions as permitted by federal securities laws and other legal requirements. The timing, manner, price and amount of any repurchase will depend on economic and market conditions, share price, trading volume, applicable legal requirements and other factors. The program may be suspended or discontinued at any time. There were no share repurchases during the year ended December 31, 2024. The following repurchases occurred during the year ended December 31, 2023:

December 31, 2023
Shares of Class A common stock2,852,501
Weighted average price per share$4.40
Total repurchases during the period (in millions)$12.6

As of December 31, 2024, there were $77.5 million of authorized repurchases remaining under the program.

Risk Management

For a discussion of the Company’s exposure to market risks and management of those market risks, see Item 7A, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The Company’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP. The Company’s most critical accounting policies are those that are most important to the portrayal of its financial condition and results of operations, and which require the Company to make its most difficult and subjective estimates. Management is required to make judgments and estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The Company’s management believes that such judgments and estimates are made with consistent and appropriate methods based on information available at the time, and that any reasonable deviation from those judgments and estimates would not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. To the extent that the estimates used differ from actual results, adjustments to the consolidated statements of operations and corresponding consolidated balance sheets would be necessary. These adjustments would be made in future statements.

The Company has identified the following as its critical accounting policies and estimates.

Revenue Recognition

Performance Obligations

At contract inception, the Company assesses the products and services promised in its contracts with customers and identifies performance obligations for each promise to transfer to the customer a product or service that is distinct. To identify the performance obligations, the Company considers the goods or services promised in the contract regardless of whether they are explicitly stated or are implied by customary business practices. The Company determined that the following distinct products and services represent separate performance obligations:

•Pre-Press Services

•Print

•Other Services

52

Table of Contents

For Pre-Press and Other Services, the Company recognizes revenue at point-in-time upon completion of the performed service and acceptance by the customer. The Company considers transfer of control to occur once the service is performed as the Company has right to payment and the customer has legal title and risk and reward of ownership.

The Company recognizes its Print revenues upon transfer of title and the passage of risk of loss, which is point-in-time upon shipment to the customer, and when there is a reasonable assurance as to collectability. Revenues related to the Company’s logistics operations, which includes the delivery of printed material, are included in the Print performance obligation and are also recognized at point-in-time as services are completed. Revenues related to the Company’s imaging operations, which include digital content management, photography, color services and page production, are recognized in accordance with the terms of the contract, typically upon completion of the performed service and acceptance by the customer. Under agreements with certain customers, products may be stored by the Company for future delivery and revenue is recognized upon shipment to the customer. In these situations, the Company may receive warehouse management fees for the services it provides.

Certain revenues earned by the Company require judgment to determine if revenue should be recorded gross as principal or net of related costs as an agent. Billings for third-party shipping and handling costs, primarily in the Company’s logistics operations, and out-of-pocket expenses are recorded gross in net sales and cost of sales in the consolidated statements of operations in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Many of the Company’s operations process materials, primarily paper, that may be supplied directly by customers or may be purchased by the Company and sold to customers. No revenue is recognized for customer-supplied paper. Revenues for the Company-supplied paper are recognized on a gross basis. In some instances, the Company will deliver print work for a customer and bill the customer for postage. In these cases, the Company is acting as an agent and billings are recorded on a net basis in net sales.

Significant Payment Terms

Payment terms and conditions for contracts with customers vary. The Company typically offers standard terms of net 30 days.  It is not the Company’s standard business practice to offer extended payment terms longer than one year. The Company may offer cash discounts or prepayment and extended terms depending on certain facts and circumstances. As such, when the timing of the Company’s delivery of products and services differs from the timing of payment, the Company will record either a contract asset or a contract liability.

Variable Consideration

When evaluating the transaction price, the Company analyzes on a contract by contract basis all applicable variable considerations and non-cash consideration and also performs a constraint analysis. The nature of the Company’s contracts give rise to variable consideration, including, volume rebates, credits, discounts, and other similar items that generally decrease the transaction price. These variable amounts generally are credited to the customer, based on achieving certain levels of sales activity, when contracts are signed, or making payments within specific terms.

Product returns are not significant because the products are customized; however, the Company accrues for the estimated amount of customer allowances at the time of sale based on historical experience and known trends.

When the transaction price requires allocation to multiple performance obligations, the Company uses the estimated stand-alone selling prices using the adjusted market assessment approach.

Impairment of Property, Plant and Equipment, Right-of-Use Assets and Finite-lived Intangible Assets

The Company performs impairment evaluations of its long-lived assets whenever business conditions, events or circumstances indicate that those assets may be impaired, including whether the estimated useful life of such long-lived assets may warrant revision or whether the remaining balance of an asset may not be recoverable. The Company’s most significant long-lived assets are property, plant and equipment, right-of-use assets and customer relationship intangible assets recorded in conjunction with an acquisition. Assessing the impairment of long-lived assets requires the Company to make important estimates and assumptions, including, but not limited to, the expected future cash flows that the assets

53

Table of Contents

will generate, how the assets will be used based on the strategic direction of the Company, their remaining useful life and their residual value, if any. Considerable judgment is also applied in incorporating the potential impact of the current economic climate on customer demand and selling prices, the cost of production and the limited activity on secondary markets for the assets and on the cost of capital. When the estimated future undiscounted cash flows to be generated by the assets are less than the carrying value of the long-lived assets, the assets are written down to fair value and a charge is recorded to current operations. The Company uses internal discounted cash flow estimates, quoted market prices when available and independent appraisals, as appropriate, to determine fair value. This fair value determination was categorized as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy (see Note 13, “Financial Instruments and Fair Value Measurements,” to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the definition of Level 3 inputs).

The Company classifies long-lived assets to be sold as held for sale in the period in which: (i) there is an approved plan to sell the asset and the Company is committed to that plan, (ii) the asset is available for immediate sale in its present condition, (iii) an active program to locate a buyer and other actions required to sell the asset have been initiated, (iv) the sale of the asset is probable, (v) the asset is being actively marketed for sale at a price that is reasonable in relation to its current fair value, and (vi) it is unlikely that significant changes to the plan will be made or that the plan will be withdrawn. Assets held for sale are initially measured at the lower of the carrying value or the fair value less cost to sell. Losses resulting from this measurement are recognized in the period in which the held for sale criteria are met while gains are not recognized until the date of sale. Once designated as held for sale, the Company stops recording depreciation expense on the property, plant and equipment. The fair value less cost to sell of long-lived assets held for sale is assessed at each reporting period until it no longer meets this classification.

Based on the assessments completed during the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023, the Company recognized property, plant and equipment and operating lease right-of-use assets impairment charges of $33.3 million and $21.1 million, respectively, primarily related to the reduction of the carrying value of the European operations to its estimated fair value due to the held for sale determination, facility consolidations and other capacity reduction. There were no finite-lived intangible asset impairment charges recorded during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023.

The Company continues to monitor groups of assets to identify any new events or changes in circumstances that could indicate that their carrying values are not recoverable, particularly in light of potential declines in profitability that may result from the highly competitive industry landscape and continued uncertainty in the global economy. In the event that there are significant and unanticipated changes in circumstances, such as significant adverse changes in business climate, adverse actions by regulators, unanticipated competition, loss of key customers and/or changes in technology or markets, or that actual results differ from management’s estimates, a provision for impairment could be required in a future period.

Workers’ Compensation

The Company is self-insured for a significant portion of its expected workers’ compensation program. Insurance is purchased for individual workers’ compensation claims that exceed $0.8 million. The Company establishes reserves for unresolved claims and for an estimate of incurred but not reported (“IBNR”) claims. These reserves and estimates of IBNR claims are based upon an actuarial study, which is performed annually as of October 31st and is adjusted by the actuarially determined losses and actual claims payments for November and December. The Company also monitors actual claim developments, including incurrence or settlement of individual large claims during the interim periods between actuarial studies as another means of estimating the adequacy of the reserves. As of December 31, 2024, the Company has net reserves for workers’ compensation of $24.0 million, of which $5.6 million was recorded in other current liabilities and $25.7 million was recorded in other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets (see Note 8, “Other Current and Long-Term Liabilities”). These reserves are net of $7.3 million recorded in other long-term assets in the consolidated balance sheets for claims covered by purchased insurance.

New Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 23, “New Accounting Pronouncements,” to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

54

Table of Contents

FY 2023 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0001481792-24-000007.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2024-02-22. Report date: 2023-12-31.

Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion of the financial condition and results of operations of Quad should be read together with Quad’s audited consolidated financial statements for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2023, including the notes thereto, included in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect the Company’s plans, estimates and beliefs. The Company’s actual results could differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” included earlier within this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is provided as a supplement to the Company’s consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes to help provide an understanding of the Company’s financial condition, the changes in the Company’s financial condition and the Company’s results of operations. This discussion and analysis is organized as follows:

•Overview. This section includes a general description of the Company’s business and segments, an overview of key performance metrics the Company’s management measures and utilizes to evaluate business performance, and an overview of trends affecting the Company, including management’s actions related to the trends.

•Results of Operations. This section contains an analysis of the Company’s results of operations by comparing the results for the year ended December 31, 2023, to the year ended December 31, 2022. Forward-looking statements providing a general description of recent and projected industry and Company developments that are important to understanding the Company’s results of operations are included in this section. This section also provides a discussion of EBITDA and EBITDA margin, financial measures that the Company uses to assess the performance of its business that are not prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).

•Liquidity and Capital Resources. This section provides an analysis of the Company’s capitalization, cash flows and a discussion and table of outstanding debt and commitments. Forward-looking statements important to understanding the Company’s financial condition are included in this section. This section also provides a discussion of Free Cash Flow and Debt Leverage Ratio, non-GAAP financial measures that the Company uses to assess liquidity and capital allocation and deployment.

•Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates. This section contains a discussion of the accounting policies that the Company’s management believes are important to the Company’s financial condition and results of operations, as well as allowances and reserves that require significant judgment and estimates on the part of the Company’s management. In addition, all of the Company’s significant accounting policies, including critical accounting policies, are summarized in Note 1, “Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

38

Table of Contents

Overview

Business Overview

Quad is a global marketing experience (MX) company that helps brands make direct consumer connections, from household to in-store to online. The Company is focused on providing a better marketing experience for its clients, so they can focus on delivering the best customer experience to theirs. Quad does this with a suite of marketing solutions that is flexible, scalable and connected. Supported by state-of-the-art technology and data-driven intelligence, these solutions are designed to streamline the complexities of marketing and remove friction from wherever it occurs in the marketing journey. Quad tailors its solutions to its clients’ objectives, driving cost efficiencies, improving speed to market, strengthening marketing effectiveness, and delivering value on their investments. The Company supports a diverse base of clients, including industry-leading blue-chip companies that serve both businesses and consumers across multiple industry verticals, with a particular focus on commerce, including retail, consumer packaged goods and direct-to-consumer; financial services; and health.

For a full description of the Company’s business overview, refer to Part I, Item 1, “Business,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The Company’s operating and reportable segments are aligned with how the chief operating decision maker of the Company currently manages the business. The Company’s operating and reportable segments, including their product and service offerings, and a “Corporate” category, are summarized below.

The United States Print and Related Services segment is predominantly comprised of the Company’s United States printing operations and is managed as one integrated platform. This includes print execution and logistics for retail inserts, catalogs, long-run publications, special interest publications, journals, direct mail, directories, in-store marketing and promotion, packaging, newspapers, custom print products, as well as other commercial and specialty printed products, along with global paper procurement, and marketing and other complementary services, such as data intelligence and analytics, technology solutions, media planning, placement and optimization, creative strategy and content creation, as well as execution in non-print channels (e.g., digital and broadcast). This segment also includes the manufacture of ink. The United States Print and Related Services segment accounted for approximately 86% and 87% of the Company’s consolidated net sales during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

The International segment consists of the Company’s printing operations in Europe and Latin America, including operations in England, France, Germany, Poland, Colombia, Mexico and Peru. This segment provides printed products and marketing and other complementary services consistent with the United States Print and Related Services segment. The International segment accounted for approximately 14% and 13% of the Company’s consolidated net sales during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Corporate consists of unallocated general and administrative activities and associated expenses including, in part, executive, legal and finance, as well as certain expenses and income from frozen employee retirement plans, such as pension benefit plans.

39

Table of Contents

Key Performance Metrics Overview

The Company’s management believes the ability to generate net sales growth, profit increases and positive cash flow, while maintaining the appropriate level of debt, are key indicators of the successful execution of the Company’s business strategy and will increase shareholder value. The Company uses period-over-period net sales growth, EBITDA, EBITDA margin, net cash provided by operating activities, Free Cash Flow and Debt Leverage Ratio as metrics to measure operating performance, financial condition and liquidity. EBITDA, EBITDA margin, Free Cash Flow and Debt Leverage Ratio are non-GAAP financial measures (see the definitions of EBITDA, EBITDA margin and the reconciliation of net earnings (loss) to EBITDA in the “Results of Operations” section below, and see the definitions of Free Cash Flow and Debt Leverage Ratio, the reconciliation of net cash provided by operating activities to Free Cash Flow, and the calculation of Debt Leverage Ratio in the “Liquidity and Capital Resources” section below).

Net sales growth. The Company uses period-over-period net sales growth as a key performance metric. The Company’s management assesses net sales growth based on the ability to generate increased net sales through increased sales to existing clients, sales to new clients, sales of new or expanded solutions to existing and new clients, and opportunities to expand sales through strategic investments, including acquisitions.

EBITDA and EBITDA margin. The Company uses EBITDA and EBITDA margin as metrics to assess operating performance. The Company’s management assesses EBITDA and EBITDA margin based on the ability to increase revenues while controlling variable expense growth.

Net cash provided by operating activities. The Company uses net cash provided by operating activities as a metric to assess liquidity. The Company’s management assesses net cash provided by operating activities based on the ability to meet recurring cash obligations while increasing available cash to fund debt service requirements, capital expenditures, cash restructuring requirements related to cost reduction activities, World Color Press single employer pension plan contributions, World Color Press MEPPs withdrawal liabilities, acquisitions and other investments in future growth, shareholder dividends and share repurchases. Net cash provided by operating activities can be significantly impacted by the timing of non-recurring or infrequent receipts or expenditures.

Free Cash Flow. The Company uses Free Cash Flow as a metric to assess liquidity and capital deployment. The Company’s management assesses Free Cash Flow as a measure to quantify cash available for strengthening the balance sheet (debt and pension liability reduction), for strategic capital allocation and deployment through investments in the business (acquisitions and strategic investments) and for returning capital to the shareholders (dividends and share repurchases). The Company’s priorities for capital allocation and deployment will change as circumstances dictate for the business, and Free Cash Flow can be significantly impacted by the Company’s restructuring activities and other unusual items.

Debt Leverage Ratio. The Company uses the Debt Leverage Ratio as a metric to assess liquidity and the flexibility of its balance sheet. Consistent with other liquidity metrics, the Company monitors the Debt Leverage Ratio as a measure to determine the appropriate level of debt the Company believes is optimal to operate its business, and accordingly, to quantify debt capacity available for strengthening the balance sheet (debt and pension liability reduction), for strategic capital allocation and deployment through investments in the business (capital expenditures, acquisitions and strategic investments), and for returning capital to the shareholders (dividends and share repurchases). The Company’s priorities for capital allocation and deployment will change as circumstances dictate for the business, and the Debt Leverage Ratio can be significantly impacted by the amount and timing of large expenditures requiring debt financing, as well as changes in profitability.

The Company remains disciplined with its debt leverage. The Company’s consolidated debt and finance lease obligations decreased by $47.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily due to the use of cash and cash equivalents, cash provided by operating activities and proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment.

40

Table of Contents

Overview of Trends Affecting Quad

As consumer media consumption habits change, advertising and marketing services providers face increased demand to offer end-to-end marketing services, from strategy and creative through execution. As new marketing channels emerge, these providers must expand their capabilities to create effective multichannel campaigns for their clients, and providers face increased client demand to offer integrated, end-to-end marketing services (i.e., from strategy and creative through execution). These trends greatly influence Quad’s ongoing efforts to help brands reduce the complexities of working with multiple agency partners and vendors, increase marketing process efficiency and maximize marketing effectiveness.

Competition in the commercial printing industry remains highly fragmented, and the Company believes that there are indicators of heightened competitive pressures. The commercial printing industry has moved toward a demand for shorter print runs, faster product turnaround and increased production efficiencies of products with lower page counts and increased complexity. This — combined with increases in postage and paper costs as well as marketers’ increasing use of online marketing and communication channels — has led to excess manufacturing capacity.

For a full description of the Company’s industry and competition overview, refer to Part I, Item 1, “Business,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The Company believes that a disciplined approach for capital management and a strong balance sheet are critical to be able to invest in profitable growth opportunities and technological advances, thereby providing the highest return for shareholders. Management balances the use of cash between deleveraging the Company’s balance sheet (through reduction in debt and pension obligations), compelling investment opportunities (through capital expenditures, acquisitions and strategic investments) and returns to shareholders (through dividends and share repurchases).

The Company continues to make progress on integrating and streamlining all aspects of its business, thereby lowering its cost structure by consolidating its manufacturing platform into its most efficient facilities, as well as realizing purchasing, mailing and logistics efficiencies by centralizing and consolidating print manufacturing volumes and eliminating redundancies in its administrative and corporate operations. The Company has continued to evolve its manufacturing platform, equipping facilities to be product-line agnostic, which enables the Company to maximize equipment utilization. Quad believes that the large plant size of its key printing facilities allows the Company to drive savings in certain product lines (such as publications and catalogs) due to economies of scale and from investments in automation and technology. The Company continues to focus on proactively aligning its cost structure to the realities of the top-line pressures it faces in the printing industry through Lean Manufacturing and sustainable continuous improvement programs.

The Company believes it will continue to drive productivity improvements and sustainable cost reduction initiatives into the future through an engaged workforce and ongoing adoption of the latest manufacturing automation and technology. Through this strategy, the Company believes it can maintain the strongest, most efficient print manufacturing platform to remain a high-quality, low-cost producer.

Integrated distribution with the USPS is an important component of the Company’s business. Any material change in the current service levels provided by the postal service could impact the demand that clients have for print services. The USPS continues to experience financial problems. The passing of the Postal Service Reform Act of 2022, signed in April 2022, gave the USPS considerable financial relief as well as significant relief over the next ten years. While the legislative postal reform helps considerably, without decreased operational cost structures, increased efficiencies or increased volumes and revenues, these losses will potentially continue into the future. As a result of these financial difficulties, the USPS has continued to adjust its postal rates and service levels. Additional price increases may result in clients reducing mail volumes and exploring the use of alternative methods for delivering a larger portion of their products, such as continued diversion to the internet, digital and mobile channels and other alternative media channels, in order to ensure that they stay within their expected postage budgets.

41

Table of Contents

Federal statute requires the PRC to conduct reviews of the overall rate-making structure for the USPS to ensure funding stability. As a result of those reviews, the PRC authorized a five year rate-making structure that provides the USPS with additional pricing flexibility over the Consumer Price Index cap, which may result in a substantially altered rate structure for mailers. The revised rate authority that is effective as a result of the rules issued by the PRC includes a higher overall rate cap on the USPS’ ability to increase rates from year to year. The USPS has used these additional rate authorities to implement twice a year increases and are expected to continue to do so in the future. This has led to price spikes for mailers and may also reduce the incentive for the USPS to continue to take out costs and instead continue to rely on postage to cover the costs of an outdated postal service that does not reflect the industry’s ability or willingness to pay. The uncertainty as to how much of the authority the USPS will use on any specific rate increase also creates potential volume declines as rate predictability with respect to cost is no longer known for mailers.

The Company has invested significantly in its mail preparation and distribution capabilities to mitigate the impact of increases in postage costs, and to help clients successfully navigate the ever-changing postal environment. Through its data analytics, unique software to merge mail streams on a large scale, advanced finishing capabilities and technology, and in-house transportation and logistics operations, the Company manages the mail preparation and distribution of most of its clients’ products to maximize efficiency, to enable on-time and consistent delivery and to partially reduce these costs.

The Company continues to face several other industry challenges that have been, and are expected to continue to, adversely impact the Company’s results of operation. The Company continues to operate in a high interest rate environment, which is expected to continue through 2024. Additionally, the price and availability of paper has been, and may continue to be, adversely affected by paper mills’ permanent or temporary closures, and mills’ access to raw materials, conversion to produce other types of paper, and ability to transport paper produced. Postal rate increases, along with the previously described industry challenges, have led to reduced demand for printed products and has caused clients to move more aggressively into other delivery methods, such as the many digital and mobile options now available to consumers. This reduced volume has driven the Company to institute several cost saving measures through its restructuring program, including plant closures and headcount reductions. Through these cost saving measures and proceeds from asset sales, the Company has been able to maintain focus on its transformation into an MX company, with flexibility to invest into the growing business, as well as continuing to be advantageous in its efforts to return capital to shareholders and reduce debt. The Company is also dependent on its production personnel to print the Company’s products in a cost-effective and efficient manner that allows the Company to obtain new clients and to drive sales from existing clients. The Company is unable to predict the full future impact these challenges will have on its business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations, but expects them to continue into 2024.

42

Table of Contents

Results of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2023, Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2022

Summary Results

The Company’s operating income, operating margin, net earnings (loss) (computed using a 25% normalized tax rate for all items subject to tax) and diluted earnings (loss) per share for the year ended December 31, 2023, changed from the year ended December 31, 2022, as follows (dollars in millions, except per share data):

Operating IncomeOperating MarginNet Earnings (Loss)Diluted Earnings (Loss) Per Share
For the year ended December 31, 2022$53.51.7%$9.3$0.18
Restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges (1)(32.7)(1.2)%(24.5)(0.56)
Other operating income elements (2)4.90.4%3.70.20
Operating Income25.70.9%(11.5)(0.18)
Interest expense (3)N/AN/A(16.2)(0.40)
Net pension income (4)N/AN/A(8.2)(0.15)
Income taxes (5)N/AN/A(19.5)(0.41)
For the year ended December 31, 2023$25.70.9%$(55.4)$(1.14)

______________________________

(1)Restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges increased $32.7 million ($24.5 million, net of tax), to $77.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2023, and included the following:

a.A $27.8 million increase in employee termination charges from $7.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2022, to $35.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2023;

b.A $23.0 million increase in impairment charges from $2.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2022, to $25.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2023;

c.A $2.2 million increase in transaction-related charges from $2.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2022, to $4.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2023;

d.A $0.3 million increase in integration-related charges from $0.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2022, to $1.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2023; and

e.A $20.6 million decrease in various other restructuring charges from $32.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2022, to $12.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2023.

The Company expects to incur additional restructuring and integration costs in future reporting periods in connection with eliminating excess manufacturing capacity and properly aligning its cost structure in conjunction with the Company’s acquisitions and strategic investments, and other cost reduction programs.

(2)Other operating income elements increased $4.9 million ($3.7 million, net of tax) primarily due to the following: (1) the impact from print product pricing; (2) a $14.1 million decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses; (3) a $12.5 million decrease in depreciation and amortization expense; (4) impacts from improved manufacturing productivity; and (5) savings from other cost reduction initiatives, partially offset by print volume decreases.

(3)Interest expense increased $21.6 million ($16.2 million, net of tax) during the year ended December 31, 2023, to $70.0 million. This change was due to higher weighted average interest rates on borrowings and a $6.1 million increase in interest expense related to the interest rate swaps, partially offset by lower average debt levels during the year ended December 31, 2023, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2022.

43

Table of Contents

(4)Net pension income decreased $10.9 million ($8.2 million, net of tax) during the year ended December 31, 2023, to $1.7 million. This was due to the following: (1) a $7.9 million increase from interest cost on pension plan liabilities; (2) a $2.4 million decrease from the expected long-term return on pension plan assets; and (3) amortization of actuarial loss of $0.6 million in 2023 that did not occur in 2022.

(5)The $19.5 million increase in income tax expense as calculated in the following table is primarily due to the following: (1) a $10.7 million increase in the Company’s liability for audit assessments and unrecognized tax benefits; (2) a $5.1 million increase from the loss on the sale of its Argentina print business in 2022; and (3) a $1.3 million increase from valuation allowance reserves.

Year Ended December 31,
20232022$ Change
(dollars in millions)
Earnings (loss) before income taxes$(42.6)$17.7$(60.3)
Normalized tax rate25.0%25.0%
Income tax expense (benefit) at normalized tax rate(10.7)4.4(15.1)
Less: Income tax expense from the consolidated statements of operations12.88.44.4
Impact of income taxes$23.5$4.0$19.5

Operating Results

The following table sets forth certain information from the Company’s consolidated statements of operations on an absolute dollar basis and as a relative percentage of total net sales for each noted period, together with the relative percentage change in such information between the periods set forth below:

Year Ended December 31,
2023% of Net Sales2022% of Net Sales$ Change% Change
(dollars in millions)
Net sales:
Products$2,334.178.9%$2,528.378.6%$(194.2)(7.7)%
Services623.621.1%688.721.4%(65.1)(9.5)%
Total net sales2,957.7100.0%3,217.0100.0%(259.3)(8.1)%
Cost of sales:
Products1,984.767.1%2,156.267.0%(171.5)(8.0)%
Services396.513.4%462.614.4%(66.1)(14.3)%
Total cost of sales2,381.280.5%2,618.881.4%(237.6)(9.1)%
Selling, general & administrative expenses344.511.6%358.611.1%(14.1)(3.9)%
Depreciation and amortization128.84.4%141.34.4%(12.5)(8.8)%
Restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges77.52.6%44.81.4%32.773.0%
Total operating expenses2,932.099.1%3,163.598.3%(231.5)(7.3)%
Operating income$25.70.9%$53.51.7%$(27.8)(52.0)%

44

Table of Contents

Net Sales

Product sales decreased $194.2 million, or 7.7%, for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily due to the following: (1) a $117.3 million decrease from paper sales; (2) a $65.4 million decrease in sales in the Company’s print product lines, mainly due to decreased print volumes; and (3) a $26.4 million decrease in net sales (which includes $8.3 million in paper sales) due to the divestiture of the Company’s print operations in Argentina, partially offset by $14.9 million in favorable foreign exchange impacts.

Service sales, which primarily consist of logistics, distribution, marketing services, imaging and medical services, decreased $65.1 million, or 9.5%, for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily due to a $59.2 million decrease in logistics sales from lower print volumes and a $5.9 million decrease in marketing services and medical services.

Cost of Sales

Cost of product sales decreased $171.5 million, or 8.0%, for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily due to the following: (1) a decrease in paper costs; (2) the impact from lower print volumes; (3) the impact from the divestiture of the Company’s print operations in Argentina; (4) impacts from improved manufacturing productivity; and (5) savings from other cost reduction initiatives.

Cost of service sales decreased $66.1 million, or 14.3%, for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily due to decreased freight volumes and other cost reduction initiatives.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased $14.1 million, or 3.9%, for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily due to the following: (1) a $6.6 million decrease in employee-related expenses; (2) $6.5 million in favorable foreign exchange impacts; and (3) $2.2 million in lower professional fees. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales increased from 11.1% for the year ended December 31, 2022, to 11.6% for the year ended December 31, 2023.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization decreased $12.5 million, or 8.8%, for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, due to a $9.5 million decrease in depreciation expense, primarily from property, plant and equipment becoming fully depreciated over the past year, a decrease in purchases of property, plant and equipment and a $3.0 million decrease in amortization expense.

45

Table of Contents

Restructuring, Impairment and Transaction-Related Charges

Restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges increased $32.7 million, or 73.0%, for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily due to the following:

Year Ended December 31,
20232022$ Change
(dollars in millions)
Employee termination charges$35.1$7.3$27.8
Impairment charges (a)25.22.223.0
Transaction-related charges4.22.02.2
Integration costs1.00.70.3
Other restructuring charges
Vacant facility carrying costs and lease exit charges16.65.411.2
Equipment and infrastructure removal costs0.90.70.2
Gain on the sale of a facility (b)(9.2)(9.2)
Other restructuring activities (c)3.726.5(22.8)
Other restructuring charges12.032.6(20.6)
Total restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges$77.5$44.8$32.7

______________________________

(a)Includes $25.2 million and $2.2 million of impairment charges during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, which consisted of the following: (1) $17.5 million and $2.2 million, respectively, for machinery and equipment no longer being utilized in production as a result of facility consolidations, as well as other capacity reduction activities; (2) $4.1 million for software licensing and related implementation costs from a terminated project in 2023; and (3) $3.6 million for right-of-use assets in 2023.

(b)Includes a $9.2 million gain on the sale of the Merced, California facility during the year ended December 31, 2023.

(c)Includes a $23.1 million loss on the sale of its Argentina print business and $1.8 million in charges from foreign currency losses as a result of the economy in Argentina being classified as highly inflationary during the year ended December 31, 2022. The Company considered the economy in Argentina to be highly inflationary since June 30, 2018.

EBITDA and EBITDA Margin—Consolidated

EBITDA is defined as net earnings (loss), excluding (1) interest expense, (2) income tax expense and (3) depreciation and amortization. EBITDA margin represents EBITDA as a percentage of net sales. EBITDA and EBITDA margin are presented to provide additional information regarding Quad’s performance. Both are important measures by which Quad gauges the profitability and assesses the performance of its business. EBITDA and EBITDA margin are non-GAAP financial measures and should not be considered alternatives to net earnings (loss) as a measure of operating performance, or to cash flows provided by operating activities as a measure of liquidity. Quad’s calculation of EBITDA and EBITDA margin may be different from the calculations used by other companies, and therefore, comparability may be limited.

EBITDA and EBITDA margin for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, were as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
2023% of Net Sales2022% of Net Sales
(dollars in millions)
EBITDA and EBITDA margin (non-GAAP)$156.25.3%$207.46.4%

46

Table of Contents

EBITDA decreased $51.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily due to $32.7 million of increased restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges and the impact from lower print and logistics volumes, partially offset by the following: (1) an increase in print product pricing; (2) impacts from improved manufacturing productivity; and (3) savings from other cost reduction initiatives.

A reconciliation of EBITDA to net earnings (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, was as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
20232022
(dollars in millions)
Net earnings (loss) (1)$(55.4)$9.3
Interest expense70.048.4
Income tax expense12.88.4
Depreciation and amortization128.8141.3
EBITDA (non-GAAP)$156.2$207.4

______________________________

(1)Net earnings (loss) included the following:

a.Restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges of $77.5 million and $44.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

United States Print and Related Services

The following table summarizes net sales, operating income, operating margin and certain items impacting comparability within the United States Print and Related Services segment:

Year Ended December 31,
20232022$ Change% Change
(dollars in millions)
Net sales:
Products$1,949.7$2,126.6$(176.9)(8.3)%
Services604.6668.1(63.5)(9.5)%
Operating income (including restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges)56.6108.3(51.7)(47.7)%
Operating margin2.2%3.9%N/AN/A
Restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges$66.3$12.1$54.2nm

Net Sales

Product sales for the United States Print and Related Services segment decreased $176.9 million, or 8.3%, for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily due to an $89.3 million decrease from paper sales and an $87.6 million decrease in sales in the Company’s print product lines, primarily due to decreased volumes.

Service sales for the United States Print and Related Services segment decreased $63.5 million, or 9.5%, for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily due to a $56.4 million decrease in logistics sales from lower print volumes and a $7.1 million decrease in marketing services and medical services.

Operating Income

Operating income for the United States Print and Related Services segment decreased $51.7 million, or 47.7%, for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily due to a $54.2 million increase in restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges and the impact from decreased print volumes, partially offset by the following: (1) the impact from an increase in print product pricing; (2) a $11.0 million decrease in depreciation and amortization expense; (3) impacts from improved manufacturing productivity; and (4) savings from other cost reduction initiatives.

The operating margin for the United States Print and Related Services segment decreased to 2.2% for the year ended December 31, 2023, from 3.9% for the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily due to the reasons provided above.

Restructuring, Impairment and Transaction-Related Charges

Restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges for the United States Print and Related Services segment increased $54.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily due to the following:

Year Ended December 31,
20232022$ Change
(dollars in millions)
Employee termination charges$34.3$4.1$30.2
Impairment charges (a)23.21.122.1
Other restructuring charges
Vacant facility carrying costs and lease exit charges16.65.411.2
Equipment and infrastructure removal costs0.90.70.2
Gain on the sale of a facility (b)(9.2)(9.2)
Other restructuring activities0.50.8(0.3)
Other restructuring charges8.86.91.9
Total restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges$66.3$12.1$54.2

______________________________

(a)Includes $23.2 million and $1.1 million of impairment charges during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, which consisted of the following: (1) $15.5 million and $1.1 million, respectively, for machinery and equipment no longer being utilized in production as a result of facility consolidations, as well as other capacity reduction; (2) $4.1 million for software licensing and related implementation costs from a terminated project in 2023; and (3) $3.6 million for right-of-use assets in 2023.

(b)Includes a $9.2 million gain on the sale of the Merced, California facility during the year ended December 31, 2023.

47

Table of Contents

International

The following table summarizes net sales, operating income (loss), operating margin, and certain items impacting comparability within the International segment:

Year Ended December 31,
20232022$ Change% Change
(dollars in millions)
Net sales:
Products$384.4$401.7$(17.3)(4.3)%
Services19.020.6(1.6)(7.8)%
Operating income (loss) (including restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges)18.3(4.5)22.8nm
Operating margin4.5%(1.1)%N/AN/A
Restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges$9.6$30.7$(21.1)(68.7)%

Net Sales

Product sales for the International segment decreased $17.3 million, or 4.3%, for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily due to a $28.0 million decrease in paper sales and a $26.4 million decrease in net sales (which includes $8.3 million of paper sales) due to the divestiture of the Company’s print operations in Argentina, partially offset by a $22.2 million increase in print pricing and volume, primarily in Mexico, Peru and Colombia, and $14.9 million in favorable foreign exchange impacts, primarily in Mexico.

Service sales for the International segment decreased $1.6 million, or 7.8%, for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily due to a $2.8 million decrease in logistics sales, partially offset by a $1.2 million increase in marketing services sales.

Operating Income (Loss)

Operating income (loss) for the International segment increased $22.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily due to a $21.1 million decrease in restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges and a $1.3 million decrease in depreciation and amortization.

Restructuring, Impairment and Transaction-Related Charges

Restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges for the International segment decreased $21.1 million, or 68.7%, for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily due to the following:

Year Ended December 31,
20232022$ Change
(dollars in millions)
Employee termination charges$0.5$3.2$(2.7)
Impairment charges (a)2.01.10.9
Transaction-related charges2.70.12.6
Integration costs1.00.70.3
Other restructuring charges (b)3.425.6(22.2)
Total restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges$9.6$30.7$(21.1)

______________________________

(a)Includes $2.0 million and $1.1 million of impairment charges for machinery and equipment no longer being utilized in production as a result of facility consolidations, as well as other capacity reduction activities, during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

(b)Includes a $23.1 million loss on the sale of its Argentina print business and $1.8 million in charges from foreign currency losses as result of the economy in Argentina being classified as highly inflationary during the year ended December 31, 2022.

Corporate

The following table summarizes unallocated operating expenses presented as Corporate:

Year Ended December 31,
20232022$ Change% Change
(dollars in millions)
Operating expenses (including restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges)$49.2$50.3$(1.1)(2.2)%
Restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges1.62.0(0.4)(20.0)%

Operating Expenses

Corporate operating expenses decreased $1.1 million, or 2.2%, for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily due to lower employee-related costs and a $0.4 million decrease in restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges.

Restructuring, Impairment and Transaction-Related Charges

Corporate restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges decreased $0.4 million, or 20.0%, for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily due to the following:

Year Ended December 31,
20232022$ Change
(dollars in millions)
Employee termination charges$0.3$$0.3
Transaction-related charges1.51.9(0.4)
Other restructuring charges (income)(0.2)0.1(0.3)
Total restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges$1.6$2.0$(0.4)

48

Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The Company utilizes cash flows from operating activities and borrowings under its credit facilities to satisfy its liquidity and capital requirements. The Company had total liquidity of $454.3 million as of December 31, 2023, which consisted of up to $401.4 million of unused capacity under its revolving credit arrangement, which was net of $31.1 million of issued letters of credit, and cash and cash equivalents of $52.9 million. Total liquidity is reduced to $406.7 million under the Company’s most restrictive debt covenants, and consists of $353.8 million available under its revolving credit arrangement and $52.9 million in cash and cash equivalents. There were no borrowings under the $432.5 million revolving credit facility as of December 31, 2023. Due to a portion of the revolving credit facility maturing on January 31, 2024, the total capacity under the revolving credit facility was reduced to $342.5 million as of this date.

The Company believes its expected future cash flows from operating activities and its current liquidity and capital resources, are sufficient to fund ongoing operating requirements and service debt and pension requirements for both the next 12 months and beyond.

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

Year Ended December 31, 2023, Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2022

Net cash provided by operating activities was $147.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to $154.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, resulting in a $7.0 million decrease in cash provided by operating activities. The decrease was primarily due to a $92.6 million decrease in cash from earnings, offset by a $85.6 million increase in cash flows provided by changes in operating assets and liabilities.

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

Year Ended December 31, 2023, Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2022

Net cash used in investing activities was $46.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to $60.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, resulting in a $14.1 million decrease in cash used in investing activities. The decrease was primarily due to the following: (1) a $27.1 million increase in proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment; (2) a $2.6 million decrease in cost investment in unconsolidated entities; and (3) a $1.1 million decrease in cash used in acquisition of businesses. These decreases were partially offset by (1) a $10.5 million increase in purchases of property, plant and equipment; (2) a $5.6 million increase in cash used in other investing activities; and (3) a $0.6 million increase in loan to an unconsolidated entity.

Net Cash Used in Financing Activities

Year Ended December 31, 2023, Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2022

Net cash used in financing activities was $73.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to $248.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, resulting in a $175.1 million decrease in cash used in financing activities. The decrease was primarily due to the following: (1) a $175.6 million decrease in net payments of debt and lease obligations in 2023 compared to 2022; (2) a $1.3 million decrease in payment of accrued dividends from vested equity awards; and (3) a $0.8 million decrease in equity awards redeemed to pay employees’ tax obligations. These decreases were partially offset by a $2.6 million increase in purchases of treasury stock.

49

Table of Contents

Free Cash Flow

Free Cash Flow is defined as net cash provided by operating activities less purchases of property, plant and equipment.

The Company’s management assesses Free Cash Flow as a measure to quantify cash available for (1) strengthening the balance sheet (debt reduction), (2) strategic capital allocation and deployment through investments in the business (acquisitions and strategic investments) and (3) returning capital to the shareholders (dividends and share repurchases). The priorities for capital allocation and deployment will change as circumstances dictate for the business, and Free Cash Flow can be significantly impacted by the Company’s restructuring activities and other unusual items.

Free Cash Flow is a non-GAAP financial measure and should not be considered an alternative to cash flows provided by operating activities as a measure of liquidity. Quad’s calculation of Free Cash Flow may be different from similar calculations used by other companies, and therefore, comparability may be limited.

Free Cash Flow for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, was as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
20232022
(dollars in millions)
Net cash provided by operating activities$147.6$154.6
Less: purchases of property, plant and equipment70.860.3
Free Cash Flow (non-GAAP)$76.8$94.3

Free Cash Flow decreased $17.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily due to a $10.5 million increase in capital expenditures and a $7.0 million decrease in net cash provided by operating activities. See the “Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities” section above for further explanations of the change in operating cash flows.

Debt Leverage Ratio

The Debt Leverage Ratio is defined as total debt and finance lease obligations less cash and cash equivalents (Net Debt) divided by the trailing twelve months Adjusted EBITDA, comprised of the sum of the last twelve months of EBITDA (see the definition of EBITDA and the reconciliation of net earnings (loss) to EBITDA in the “Results of Operations” section above) and restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges.

The Company uses the Debt Leverage Ratio as a metric to assess liquidity and the flexibility of its balance sheet. Consistent with other liquidity metrics, the Company monitors the Debt Leverage Ratio as a measure to determine the appropriate level of debt the Company believes is optimal to operate its business, and accordingly, to quantify debt capacity available for strengthening the balance sheet through debt and pension liability reduction, for strategic capital allocation and deployment through investments in the business, and for returning capital to the shareholders. The priorities for capital allocation and deployment will change as circumstances dictate for the business, and the Debt Leverage Ratio can be significantly impacted by the amount and timing of large expenditures requiring debt financing, as well as changes in profitability.

The Debt Leverage Ratio is a non-GAAP measure, and should not be considered an alternative to cash flows provided by operating activities as a measure of liquidity. Quad’s calculation of the Debt Leverage Ratio may be different from similar calculations used by other companies and, therefore, comparability may be limited.

50

Table of Contents

The Debt Leverage Ratio calculated below differs from the Total Leverage Ratio, the Total Net Leverage Ratio and Senior Secured Leverage Ratio included in the Company’s debt covenant calculations (see “Covenants and Compliance” section below for further information on debt covenants). The Total Leverage Ratio included in the Company’s debt covenants includes interest rate derivative liabilities, letters of credit and surety bonds as debt, and excludes non-cash stock-based compensation expense from EBITDA. The Total Net Leverage Ratio includes and excludes the same adjustments as the Total Leverage Ratio, in addition to netting domestic unrestricted cash with debt. Similarly, the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio includes and excludes the same adjustments as the Total Leverage Ratio, in addition to the exclusion of the outstanding balance of the surety bonds from debt and netting domestic unrestricted cash with debt.

The Debt Leverage Ratio as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, was as follows:

December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
(dollars in millions)
Total debt and finance lease obligations on the consolidated balance sheets$522.7$570.2
Less: Cash and cash equivalents52.925.2
Net Debt (non-GAAP)$469.8$545.0
Divided by: Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended (non-GAAP)$233.7$252.2
Debt Leverage Ratio (non-GAAP)2.01x2.16x

The calculation of Adjusted EBITDA for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, was as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
20232022
(dollars in millions)
Net earnings (loss)$(55.4)$9.3
Interest expense70.048.4
Income tax expense12.88.4
Depreciation and amortization128.8141.3
EBITDA (non-GAAP)$156.2$207.4
Restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges77.544.8
Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP)$233.7$252.2

The Debt Leverage Ratio, at December 31, 2023, decreased 0.15x to 2.01x compared to December 31, 2022, primarily due to a $75.2 million decrease in net debt, partially offset by an $18.5 million decrease in Adjusted EBITDA. The Debt Leverage Ratio, at December 31, 2023, is within management’s desired target Debt Leverage Ratio range of 1.75x to 2.25x; however, the Company will operate at times above the Debt Leverage Ratio target range depending on the timing of compelling strategic investment opportunities, as well as seasonal working capital needs.

51

Table of Contents

Description of Significant Outstanding Debt Obligations as of December 31, 2023

As of December 31, 2023, the Company utilized a combination of debt instruments to fund cash requirements, including the following:

•Senior Secured Credit Facility:

◦$432.5 million revolving credit facility (no outstanding balance as of December 31, 2023); and

◦$825.0 million Term Loan A ($511.1 million outstanding as of December 31, 2023);

•Master Note and Security Agreement ($2.5 million outstanding as of December 31, 2023).

Senior Secured Credit Facility

On April 28, 2014, the Company entered into its Senior Secured Credit Facility, which included a revolving credit facility, Term Loan A and Term Loan B (Term Loan B was retired in July 2019). The Company completed the fifth amendment to the Senior Secured Credit Facility on November 2, 2021. The Senior Secured Credit Facility was amended to (a) reduce the aggregate amount of the existing revolving credit facility from $500.0 million to $432.5 million, and extend the maturity of a portion of the revolving credit facility such that $90.0 million under the revolving credit facility is due on the existing maturity date of January 31, 2024 (the “Existing Maturity Date”) and $342.5 million under the revolving credit facility is due on November 2, 2026 (the “Extended Maturity Date”); (b) extend the maturity of a portion of the existing term loan facility such that $91.5 million (of which a principal payment of $87.7 million was due upon maturity on January 31, 2024) of such term loan facility is due on the Existing Maturity Date and $483.9 million is due on the Extended Maturity Date; (c) make certain adjustments to pricing, including an increase of 0.50% to the interest rate margin applicable to the loans maturing on the Extended Maturity Date; (d) modify certain financial and operational covenants; and (e) modify the interest rate provisions relating to the phase-out of London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) as a reference rate.

The Company completed the sixth amendment to the Senior Secured Credit Facility on March 25, 2022, which expanded the number of currencies available for letters of credit. The Company completed the seventh amendment to the Senior Secured Credit Facility on January 24, 2023, which transitioned the Company’s reference rate from LIBOR to SOFR effective February 1, 2023. The Company elected the practical expedient outlined in Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2020-04 and ASU 2021-01 which allowed the Company to prospectively adjust the effective interest rate after the reference rate change. The transition from LIBOR to SOFR did not have a material impact on the condensed consolidated financial statements.

The Company completed the eighth amendment to the Senior Secured Credit Facility on January 4, 2024, which added an additional $25.0 million principal value to the Term Loan A (under the Extended Maturity Date). On January 31, 2024, the Company used liquidity available under its revolving credit facility and available cash on hand to fund the repayment on maturity of $87.7 million aggregate principal amount, outstanding at the time, of its Term Loan A.

Borrowings under the revolving credit facility and Term Loan A made under the Senior Secured Credit Facility bear interest at 2.75% in excess of reserve adjusted SOFR, or 1.75% in excess of an alternate base rate with a SOFR floor of 0.75% for the extended tranche and bear interest at 2.50% in excess of reserve adjusted SOFR, or 1.50% in excess of an alternate base rate with a SOFR floor of 0.75% for the non-extending tranche.

At December 31, 2023, the Company had no outstanding borrowings on the revolving credit facility, and had $31.1 million of issued letters of credit, leaving up to $401.4 million available for future borrowings. The amount available for future borrowings is reduced to $353.8 million under the Company’s most restrictive debt covenants. The Senior Secured Credit Facility is secured by substantially all of the unencumbered assets of the Company. The Senior Secured Credit Facility also requires the Company to provide additional collateral to the lenders in certain limited circumstances.

52

Table of Contents

Master Note and Security Agreement

On September 1, 1995, and as last amended on November 24, 2014, the Company entered into its Master Note and Security Agreement. As of December 31, 2023, the borrowings outstanding under the Master Note and Security Agreement were $2.5 million. The senior notes under the Master Note and Security Agreement had a weighted average interest rate of 8.09% at December 31, 2023, which is fixed to maturity, with interest payable semiannually. Principal payments commenced September 1997 and extend through 2026 in various tranches. The notes are collateralized by certain United States press equipment under the terms of the Master Note and Security Agreement.

Senior Unsecured Notes

The Company issued $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of its unsecured 7.0% senior notes due May 1, 2022 (the “Senior Unsecured Notes”) on April 28, 2014. During the first quarter of 2022, the Company repurchased $2.4 million of its outstanding Senior Unsecured Notes in the open market. All repurchased Senior Unsecured Notes were canceled. The Company used cash flows from operating activities and borrowings under its revolving credit facility to fund the repurchases. These repurchases were completed primarily to reduce interest expense.

On May 2, 2022, the Company used liquidity available under its revolving credit facility and available cash on hand to fund the repayment on maturity of all $209.1 million aggregate principal amount, outstanding at the time, of its Senior Unsecured Notes.

Covenants and Compliance

The Company’s various lending arrangements include certain financial covenants (all financial terms, numbers and ratios are as defined in the Company’s debt agreements). Among these covenants, the Company was required to maintain the following as of December 31, 2023:

•Total Leverage Ratio. On a rolling twelve-month basis, the Total Leverage Ratio, defined as consolidated total indebtedness to consolidated EBITDA, shall not exceed 3.75 to 1.00 (for the twelve months ended December 31, 2023, the Company’s Total Leverage Ratio was 2.18 to 1.00).

•Liquidity, defined as unrestricted cash and permitted investments of the Company and its subsidiaries (subject to certain conditions) plus the aggregate amount of the unused revolving credit facility commitments, shall not be less than $181.6 million at any time during the period commencing December 15, 2023 and ending when all obligations owed under the Senior Secured Credit Facility to lenders that are not extending lenders are paid in full.

•If there is any amount outstanding on the Revolving Credit Facility or Term Loan A, or if any lender has any revolving credit exposure or Term Loan A credit exposure, the Company is required to maintain the following:

◦Senior Secured Leverage Ratio. On a rolling four-quarter basis, the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio, defined as the ratio of consolidated senior secured net indebtedness to consolidated EBITDA, shall not exceed (a) 3.50 to 1.00 for any fiscal quarter ending prior to December 31, 2023, and (b) 3.25 to 1.00 for any fiscal quarter ending on or after December 31, 2023 (other than, in the case of this clause (b), any fiscal quarter ending September 30 of any year, each of which shall be subject to a maximum Senior Secured Leverage Ratio not to exceed 3.50 to 1.00) (for the twelve months ended December 31, 2023, the Company’s Senior Secured Leverage Ratio was 1.99 to 1.00).

◦Interest Coverage Ratio. On a rolling twelve-month basis, the Interest Coverage Ratio, defined as consolidated EBITDA to cash consolidated interest expense, shall not be less than 3.00 to 1.00 (for the twelve months ended December 31, 2023, the Company’s Interest Coverage Ratio was 4.10 to 1.00).

53

Table of Contents

The Company was in compliance with all financial covenants in its debt agreements as of December 31, 2023. While the Company currently expects to be in compliance in future periods with all of the financial covenants, there can be no assurance that these covenants will continue to be met. The Company’s failure to maintain compliance with the covenants could prevent the Company from borrowing additional amounts and could result in a default under any of the debt agreements. Such default could cause the outstanding indebtedness to become immediately due and payable, by virtue of cross-acceleration or cross-default provisions.

In addition to those covenants, the Senior Secured Credit Facility also includes certain limitations on acquisitions, indebtedness, liens, dividends and repurchases of capital stock.

•If the Company’s Total Leverage Ratio is greater than 2.75 to 1.00, the Company is prohibited from making greater than $60.0 million of dividend payments, capital stock repurchases and certain other payments, over the course of the agreement. If the Company’s Total Leverage Ratio is above 2.50 to 1.00 but below 2.75 to 1.00, the Company is prohibited from making greater than $100.0 million of dividend payments, capital stock repurchases and certain other payments, over the course of the agreement. If the Total Leverage Ratio is less than 2.50 to 1.00, there are no such restrictions. As the Company’s Total Leverage Ratio as of December 31, 2023, was 2.18 to 1.00, the limitations described above are not applicable at this time.

•If the Company’s Senior Secured Leverage Ratio is greater than 3.00 to 1.00 or the Company’s Total Net Leverage Ratio which, on a rolling twelve-month basis, is defined as consolidated net indebtedness to consolidated EBITDA, is greater than 3.50 to 1.00, the Company is prohibited from voluntarily prepaying any unsecured or subordinated indebtedness, with certain exceptions (including any mandatory prepayments on the Senior Unsecured Notes or any other unsecured or subordinated debt). If the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio is less than 3.00 to 1.00 and the Total Net Leverage Ratio is less than 3.50 to 1.00, there are no such restrictions. The limitations described above are currently not applicable, as the Company’s Senior Secured Leverage Ratio was 1.99 to 1.00 and Total Net Leverage Ratio was 1.99 to 1.00, as of December 31, 2023.

Net Pension Obligations

The net underfunded pension and MEPPs obligations decreased by $1.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2023, from $64.6 million at December 31, 2022, to $63.4 million at December 31, 2023. This decrease was primarily due to a $4.3 million decrease in MEPPs obligations, primarily due to payments totaling $6.2 million made to the MEPPS during the year ended December 31, 2023. The underfunded defined benefit plan obligations increased by $3.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2023, due to an overall decrease of $9.7 million in pension plan assets from $36.6 million in benefits paid, offset by an actual gain on pension plan assets of $26.2 million or 10.67% during the year ended December 31, 2023, which was above the expected return on plan assets assumption of 6.75% and employer contributions of $0.7 million. The decrease in plan assets was partially offset by a decrease in overall pension obligations of $6.6 million from $36.6 million in benefits paid, offset by a $17.6 million increase in interest cost due to a 35 basis point decrease in the pension discount rate from 5.46% at December 31, 2022, to 5.11% at December 31, 2023 and $12.4 million from an actuarial loss.

The Company continues to focus on reducing pension obligations through cash contributions to the plans, lump-sum settlements and plan design changes.

54

Table of Contents

Share Repurchase Program

On July 30, 2018, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase program of up to $100.0 million of the Company’s outstanding class A common stock. Under the authorization, share repurchases may be made at the Company’s discretion, from time to time, in the open market and/or in privately negotiated transactions as permitted by federal securities laws and other legal requirements. The timing, manner, price and amount of any repurchase will depend on economic and market conditions, share price, trading volume, applicable legal requirements and other factors. The program may be suspended or discontinued at any time. The following repurchases occurred during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022:

December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
Shares of Class A common stock2,852,5013,093,662
Weighted average price per share$4.40$3.21
Total repurchases during the period (in millions) (1)$12.6$10.0

______________________________

(1)Excluding commissions, total repurchases were $12.6 million and $9.9 million during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022.

As of December 31, 2023, there were $77.5 million of authorized repurchases remaining under the program.

Risk Management

For a discussion of the Company’s exposure to market risks and management of those market risks, see Item 7A, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

55

Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The Company’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP. The Company’s most critical accounting policies are those that are most important to the portrayal of its financial condition and results of operations, and which require the Company to make its most difficult and subjective estimates. Management is required to make judgments and estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The Company’s management believes that such judgments and estimates are made with consistent and appropriate methods based on information available at the time, and that any reasonable deviation from those judgments and estimates would not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. To the extent that the estimates used differ from actual results, adjustments to the consolidated statements of operations and corresponding consolidated balance sheets would be necessary. These adjustments would be made in future statements.

The Company has identified the following as its critical accounting policies and estimates.

Revenue Recognition

Performance Obligations

At contract inception, the Company assesses the products and services promised in its contracts with customers and identifies performance obligations for each promise to transfer to the customer a product or service that is distinct. To identify the performance obligations, the Company considers the goods or services promised in the contract regardless of whether they are explicitly stated or are implied by customary business practices. The Company determined that the following distinct products and services represent separate performance obligations:

•Pre-Press Services

•Print

•Other Services

For Pre-Press and Other Services, the Company recognizes revenue at point-in-time upon completion of the performed service and acceptance by the customer. The Company considers transfer of control to occur once the service is performed as the Company has right to payment and the customer has legal title and risk and reward of ownership.

The Company recognizes its Print revenues upon transfer of title and the passage of risk of loss, which is point-in-time upon shipment to the customer, and when there is a reasonable assurance as to collectability. Revenues related to the Company’s logistics operations, which includes the delivery of printed material, are included in the Print performance obligation and are also recognized at point-in-time as services are completed. Revenues related to the Company’s imaging operations, which include digital content management, photography, color services and page production, are recognized in accordance with the terms of the contract, typically upon completion of the performed service and acceptance by the customer. Under agreements with certain customers, products may be stored by the Company for future delivery and revenue is recognized upon shipment to the customer. In these situations, the Company may receive warehouse management fees for the services it provides.

56

Table of Contents

Certain revenues earned by the Company require judgment to determine if revenue should be recorded gross as principal or net of related costs as an agent. Billings for third-party shipping and handling costs, primarily in the Company’s logistics operations, and out-of-pocket expenses are recorded gross in net sales and cost of sales in the consolidated statements of operations in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Many of the Company’s operations process materials, primarily paper, that may be supplied directly by customers or may be purchased by the Company and sold to customers. No revenue is recognized for customer-supplied paper. Revenues for the Company-supplied paper are recognized on a gross basis. In some instances, the Company will deliver print work for a customer and bill the customer for postage. In these cases, the Company is acting as an agent and billings are recorded on a net basis in net sales.

Significant Payment Terms

Payment terms and conditions for contracts with customers vary. The Company typically offers standard terms of net 30 days.  It is not the Company’s standard business practice to offer extended payment terms longer than one year. The Company may offer cash discounts or prepayment and extended terms depending on certain facts and circumstances. As such, when the timing of the Company’s delivery of products and services differs from the timing of payment, the Company will record either a contract asset or a contract liability.

Variable Consideration

When evaluating the transaction price, the Company analyzes on a contract by contract basis all applicable variable considerations and non-cash consideration and also performs a constraint analysis. The nature of the Company’s contracts give rise to variable consideration, including, volume rebates, credits, discounts, and other similar items that generally decrease the transaction price. These variable amounts generally are credited to the customer, based on achieving certain levels of sales activity, when contracts are signed, or making payments within specific terms.

Product returns are not significant because the products are customized; however, the Company accrues for the estimated amount of customer allowances at the time of sale based on historical experience and known trends.

When the transaction price requires allocation to multiple performance obligations, the Company uses the estimated stand-alone selling prices using the adjusted market assessment approach.

Impairment of Property, Plant and Equipment, Right-of-Use Assets and Finite-lived Intangible Assets

The Company performs impairment evaluations of its long-lived assets whenever business conditions, events or circumstances indicate that those assets may be impaired, including whether the estimated useful life of such long-lived assets may warrant revision or whether the remaining balance of an asset may not be recoverable. The Company’s most significant long-lived assets are property, plant and equipment, right-of-use assets and customer relationship intangible assets recorded in conjunction with an acquisition. Assessing the impairment of long-lived assets requires the Company to make important estimates and assumptions, including, but not limited to, the expected future cash flows that the assets will generate, how the assets will be used based on the strategic direction of the Company, their remaining useful life and their residual value, if any. Considerable judgment is also applied in incorporating the potential impact of the current economic climate on customer demand and selling prices, the cost of production and the limited activity on secondary markets for the assets and on the cost of capital. When the estimated future undiscounted cash flows to be generated by the assets are less than the carrying value of the long-lived assets, the assets are written down to fair value and a charge is recorded to current operations. The Company uses internal discounted cash flow estimates, quoted market prices when available and independent appraisals, as appropriate, to determine fair value. This fair value determination was categorized as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy (see Note 13, “Financial Instruments and Fair Value Measurements,” to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the definition of Level 3 inputs).

57

Table of Contents

The Company classifies long-lived assets to be sold as held for sale in the period in which: (i) there is an approved plan to sell the asset and the Company is committed to that plan, (ii) the asset is available for immediate sale in its present condition, (iii) an active program to locate a buyer and other actions required to sell the asset have been initiated, (iv) the sale of the asset is probable, (v) the asset is being actively marketed for sale at a price that is reasonable in relation to its current fair value, and (vi) it is unlikely that significant changes to the plan will be made or that the plan will be withdrawn. Assets held for sale are initially measured at the lower of the carrying value or the fair value less cost to sell. Losses resulting from this measurement are recognized in the period in which the held for sale criteria are met while gains are not recognized until the date of sale. Once designated as held for sale, the Company stops recording depreciation expense on the property, plant and equipment. The fair value less cost to sell of long-lived assets held for sale is assessed at each reporting period until it no longer meets this classification.

Based on the assessments completed during the years ended December 31, 2023, and 2022, the Company recognized property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets impairment charges of $21.1 million and $2.2 million, respectively, primarily related to facility consolidations and other capacity reduction. There were no finite-lived intangible asset impairment charges recorded during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022.

The Company continues to monitor groups of assets to identify any new events or changes in circumstances that could indicate that their carrying values are not recoverable, particularly in light of potential declines in profitability that may result from the highly competitive industry landscape and continued uncertainty in the global economy. In the event that there are significant and unanticipated changes in circumstances, such as significant adverse changes in business climate, adverse actions by regulators, unanticipated competition, loss of key customers and/or changes in technology or markets, or that actual results differ from management’s estimates, a provision for impairment could be required in a future period.

Workers’ Compensation

The Company is self-insured for a significant portion of its expected workers’ compensation program. Insurance is purchased for individual workers’ compensation claims that exceed $0.8 million. The Company establishes reserves for unresolved claims and for an estimate of incurred but not reported (“IBNR”) claims. These reserves and estimates of IBNR claims are based upon an actuarial study, which is performed annually as of October 31st and is adjusted by the actuarially determined losses and actual claims payments for November and December. The Company also monitors actual claim developments, including incurrence or settlement of individual large claims during the interim periods between actuarial studies as another means of estimating the adequacy of the reserves. As of December 31, 2023, the Company has net reserves for workers’ compensation of $28.7 million, of which $6.7 million was recorded in other current liabilities and $31.0 million was recorded in other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets (see Note 8, “Other Current and Long-Term Liabilities”). These reserves are net of $9.0 million recorded in other long-term assets in the consolidated balance sheets for claims covered by purchased insurance.

New Accounting Pronouncements

As of December 31, 2023, there have been no new accounting pronouncements requiring disclosure within the consolidated financial statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

58

Table of Contents

FY 2022 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0001481792-23-000012.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Published MD&A gate trimmed front/tail over-capture. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2023-02-27. Report date: 2022-12-31.

Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Following discussion of the financial condition and results of operations of Quad should be read together with Quad’s audited consolidated financial statements for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2022, including the notes thereto, included in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect the Company’s plans, estimates and beliefs. The Company’s actual results could differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in “Forward-Looking Statements” and Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” included earlier within this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is provided as a supplement to the Company’s consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes to help provide an understanding of the Company’s financial condition, the changes in the Company’s financial condition and the Company’s results of operations. This discussion and analysis is organized as follows:

•Overview. This section includes a general description of the Company’s business and segments, an overview of key performance metrics the Company’s management measures and utilizes to evaluate business performance, and an overview of trends affecting the Company, including management’s actions related to the trends.

•Results of Operations. This section contains an analysis of the Company’s results of operations by comparing the results for the year ended December 31, 2022, to the year ended December 31, 2021. The comparability of the Company’s results of operations between periods was impacted by the divestiture of the Company’s third-party logistics business on June 30, 2021. The results of operations of the divestiture are included in the Company’s consolidated results until the date of disposition. Forward-looking statements providing a general description of recent and projected industry and Company developments that are important to understanding the Company’s results of operations are included in this section. This section also provides a discussion of EBITDA and EBITDA margin, financial measures that the Company uses to assess the performance of its business that are not prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).

•Liquidity and Capital Resources. This section provides an analysis of the Company’s capitalization, cash flows and a discussion and table of outstanding debt and commitments. Forward-looking statements important to understanding the Company’s financial condition are included in this section. This section also provides a discussion of Free Cash Flow and Debt Leverage Ratio, non-GAAP financial measures that the Company uses to assess liquidity and capital allocation and deployment.

•Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates. This section contains a discussion of the accounting policies that the Company’s management believes are important to the Company’s financial condition and results of operations, as well as allowances and reserves that require significant judgment and estimates on the part of the Company’s management. In addition, all of the Company’s significant accounting policies, including critical accounting policies, are summarized in Note 1, “Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

38

Table of Contents

Overview

Business Overview

Quad is a global marketing experience company that gives brands a more streamlined, impactful, flexible and frictionless way to go to market and reach consumers. The Company leverages its three key competitive advantages — integrated marketing platform excellence, ongoing innovation, and culture and social purpose — to create a better way for its clients, employees and communities. With a marketing platform intentionally built for integrated marketing execution, Quad helps brands reduce the complexity of working with multiple agency partners and vendors; increase marketing process efficiency; and maximize marketing effectiveness. The Company’s holistic, multichannel, through-the-line marketing solutions include strategy and consulting, data and analytics, technology solutions, media services, creative and content solutions, and managed services. With unmatched scale for client-based, on-site services and highly qualified talent with expansive subject matter expertise, the Company has the resources and knowledge to help a wide variety of clients across multiple verticals, including those in industries such as retail, publishing, consumer packaged goods, financial services, healthcare, insurance and direct-to-consumer.

For a full description of the Company’s business overview, refer to Part I, Item 1, “Business,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The Company’s operating and reportable segments are aligned with how the chief operating decision-maker of the Company currently manages the business. The Company’s operating and reportable segments, including its product and service offerings, and a “Corporate” category, are summarized below.

The United States Print and Related Services segment is predominantly comprised of the Company’s United States printing operations and is managed as one integrated platform. This includes print execution and logistics for retail inserts, catalogs, long-run publications, special interest publications, journals, direct mail, directories, in-store marketing and promotion, packaging, newspapers, custom print products, as well as other commercial and specialty printed products, along with global paper procurement, and marketing and other complementary services, such as data and analytics, technology solutions, media services, creative and content solutions, managed services and execution in non-print channels (e.g., digital and broadcast). This segment also includes the manufacture of ink. The United States Print and Related Services segment accounted for approximately 87% and 89% of the Company’s consolidated net sales during the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

The International segment consists of the Company’s printing operations in Europe and Latin America, including operations in England, France, Germany, Poland, Argentina, Colombia, Mexico and Peru, as well as investments in printing operations in India. This segment provides printed products and marketing and other complementary services consistent with the United States Print and Related Services segment. The International segment accounted for approximately 13% and 11% of the Company’s consolidated net sales during the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

Corporate consists of unallocated general and administrative activities and associated expenses including, in part, executive, legal and finance, as well as certain expenses and income from frozen employee retirement plans, such as pension benefit plans.

39

Table of Contents

Key Performance Metrics Overview

The Company’s management believes the ability to generate net sales growth, profit increases and positive cash flow, while maintaining the appropriate level of debt, are key indicators of the successful execution of the Company’s business strategy and will increase shareholder value. The Company uses period-over-period net sales growth, EBITDA, EBITDA margin, net cash provided by operating activities, Free Cash Flow and Debt Leverage Ratio as metrics to measure operating performance, financial condition and liquidity. EBITDA, EBITDA margin, Free Cash Flow and Debt Leverage Ratio are non-GAAP financial measures (see the definitions of EBITDA, EBITDA margin and the reconciliation of net earnings to EBITDA in the “Results of Operations” section below, and see the definitions of Free Cash Flow and Debt Leverage Ratio, the reconciliation of net cash provided by operating activities to Free Cash Flow, and the calculation of Debt Leverage Ratio in the “Liquidity and Capital Resources” section below).

Net sales growth. The Company uses period-over-period net sales growth as a key performance metric. The Company’s management assesses net sales growth based on the ability to generate increased net sales through increased sales to existing clients, sales to new clients, sales of new or expanded solutions to existing and new clients, and opportunities to expand sales through strategic investments, including acquisitions.

EBITDA and EBITDA margin. The Company uses EBITDA and EBITDA margin as metrics to assess operating performance. The Company’s management assesses EBITDA and EBITDA margin based on the ability to increase revenues while controlling variable expense growth.

Net cash provided by operating activities. The Company uses net cash provided by operating activities as a metric to assess liquidity. The Company’s management assesses net cash provided by operating activities based on the ability to meet recurring cash obligations while increasing available cash to fund debt service requirements, capital expenditures, cash restructuring requirements related to cost reduction activities, World Color Press single employer pension plan contributions, World Color Press MEPPs withdrawal liabilities, acquisitions and other investments in future growth, shareholder dividends and share repurchases. Net cash provided by operating activities can be significantly impacted by the timing of non-recurring or infrequent receipts or expenditures.

Free Cash Flow. The Company uses Free Cash Flow as a metric to assess liquidity and capital deployment. The Company’s management assesses Free Cash Flow as a measure to quantify cash available for strengthening the balance sheet (debt and pension liability reduction), for strategic capital allocation and deployment through investments in the business (acquisitions and strategic investments) and for returning capital to the shareholders (dividends and share repurchases). The Company’s priorities for capital allocation and deployment will change as circumstances dictate for the business, and Free Cash Flow can be significantly impacted by the Company’s restructuring activities and other unusual items.

Debt Leverage Ratio. The Company uses the Debt Leverage Ratio as a metric to assess liquidity and the flexibility of its balance sheet. Consistent with other liquidity metrics, the Company monitors the Debt Leverage Ratio as a measure to determine the appropriate level of debt the Company believes is optimal to operate its business, and accordingly, to quantify debt capacity available for strengthening the balance sheet (debt and pension liability reduction), for strategic capital allocation and deployment through investments in the business (capital expenditures, acquisitions and strategic investments), and for returning capital to the shareholders (dividends and share repurchases). The Company’s priorities for capital allocation and deployment will change as circumstances dictate for the business, and the Debt Leverage Ratio can be significantly impacted by the amount and timing of large expenditures requiring debt financing, as well as changes in profitability.

The Company remains disciplined with its debt leverage. The Company’s consolidated debt and finance lease obligations decreased by $234 million during the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily due to the use of cash and cash equivalents and cash provided by operating activities.

40

Table of Contents

Overview of Trends Affecting Quad

As consumer media consumption habits change, advertising and marketing services providers face increased demand to offer end-to-end marketing services, from strategy and creative through execution. As new marketing channels emerge, these providers must expand their services beyond traditional channels, such as for television, newspapers, print publications and radio, to digital channels, such as mobile, internet search, internet display and video, to create effective multichannel campaigns for their clients. This trend greatly influences Quad’s ongoing efforts to help brands reduce the complexities of working with multiple agency partners and vendors, increase marketing process efficiency and maximize marketing effectiveness.

The Company leverages its data-driven print expertise as part of an integrated marketing platform that helps its clients not only plan and produce marketing programs, but also deploy, manage and measure them across all media channels. Competition in the commercial printing industry remains highly fragmented and intense, and the Company believes that there are indicators of heightened competitive pressures. The commercial printing industry has moved toward a demand for shorter print runs, faster product turnaround and increased production efficiencies of products with lower page counts and increased complexity. This — combined with increases in postage expenses and marketers’ increasing use of online marketing and communication channels (exacerbated by the COVID-19 pandemic, as well as the current macroeconomic conditions) — has led to excess manufacturing capacity.

For a full description of the Company’s industry and competition overview, refer to Part I, Item 1, “Business,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The Company believes that a disciplined approach for capital management and a strong balance sheet are critical to be able to invest in profitable growth opportunities and technological advances, thereby providing the highest return for shareholders. Management balances the use of cash between deleveraging the Company’s balance sheet (through reduction in debt and pension obligations), compelling investment opportunities (through capital expenditures, acquisitions and strategic investments) and returns to shareholders (through dividends and share repurchases).

The Company continues to make progress on integrating and streamlining all aspects of its business, thereby lowering its cost structure by consolidating its manufacturing platform into its most efficient facilities, as well as realizing purchasing, mailing and logistics efficiencies by centralizing and consolidating print manufacturing volumes and eliminating redundancies in its administrative and corporate operations. The Company has continued to evolve its manufacturing platform, equipping facilities to be product-line agnostic, which enables the Company to maximize equipment utilization. Quad believes that the large plant size of its key printing facilities allows the Company to drive savings in certain product lines (such as publications and catalogs) due to economies of scale and from investments in automation and technology. The Company continues to focus on proactively aligning its cost structure to the realities of the top-line pressures it faces in the printing industry through Lean Manufacturing and sustainable continuous improvement programs.

The Company believes it will continue to drive productivity improvements and sustainable cost reduction initiatives into the future through an engaged workforce and ongoing adoption of the latest manufacturing automation and technology. Through this strategy, the Company believes it can maintain the strongest, most efficient print manufacturing platform to remain a high-quality, low-cost producer.

Integrated distribution with the USPS is an important component of the Company’s business. Any material change in the current service levels provided by the postal service could impact the demand that clients have for print services. The USPS continues to experience financial problems. The passing of the Postal Service Reform Act of 2022, signed in April 2022, gave the USPS considerable financial relief as well as significant relief over the next ten years. While the legislative postal reform helps considerably, without decreased operational cost structures, increased efficiencies or increased volumes and revenues, these losses will potentially continue into the future. As a result of these financial difficulties, the USPS has continued to adjust its postal rates and service levels. Additional price increases may result in clients reducing mail volumes and exploring the use of alternative methods for delivering a larger portion of their products, such as continued diversion to the internet and other alternative media channels, in order to ensure that they stay within their expected postage budgets.

41

Table of Contents

Federal statute requires the PRC to conduct reviews of the overall rate-making structure for the USPS to ensure funding stability. As a result of those reviews, the PRC authorized a five year rate-making structure that provides the USPS with additional pricing flexibility over the Consumer Price Index cap, which may result in a substantially altered rate structure for mailers. The revised rate authority that is effective as a result of the rules issued by the PRC includes a higher overall rate cap on the USPS’ ability to increase rates from year to year. The USPS is expected to use these additional rate authorities to implement twice a year increases in the future. This has led to price spikes for mailers and may also reduce the incentive for the USPS to continue to take out costs and instead continue to rely on postage to cover the costs of an outdated postal service that does not reflect the industry’s ability or willingness to pay. The uncertainty as to how much of the authority the USPS will use on any specific rate increase also creates potential volume declines as rate predictability with respect to cost is no longer known for mailers. The result may be reduced demand for printed products as clients may move more aggressively into other delivery methods, such as the many digital and mobile options now available to consumers.

The Company has invested significantly in its mail preparation and distribution capabilities to mitigate the impact of increases in postage costs, and to help clients successfully navigate the ever-changing postal environment. Through its data analytics, unique software to merge mail streams on a large scale, advanced finishing capabilities and technology, and in-house transportation and logistics operations, the Company manages the mail preparation and distribution of most of its clients’ products to maximize efficiency, to enable on-time and consistent delivery and to partially reduce these costs; however, the net impact of increasing postal costs may create a decrease in client demand for print and mail products.

The Company’s results of operations have been adversely impacted as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and the emergence of new variants. Throughout the pandemic, the Company implemented cost reduction and cash conservation initiatives in response to the pandemic’s impact on its business. With ongoing advancements against the COVID-19 pandemic, the effects on the Company have lessened from previous periods, particularly from the heavily impacted year of 2020. The COVID-19 pandemic weakened demand for the Company’s products and services, disrupted the Company’s supply chain and resulted in rising inflationary cost and labor pressures, distribution challenges and recessionary concerns from evolving macroeconomic conditions. The Company continues to evaluate the current economic environment and may implement additional cost reduction measures as necessary.

Additionally, rising interest rates, the increasing cost and availability of raw materials, such as paper, ink, supplies, distribution and labor, have been and are expected to continue to adversely impact the Company’s results of operation. The Company is dependent on its production personnel to print the Company’s products in a cost-effective and efficient manner that allows the Company to obtain new clients and to drive sales from existing clients. The nationwide shortage of available production personnel may put a strain on the Company’s ability to accept new work from client requests, including during the Company’s seasonally higher third and fourth quarters.

The Company has also experienced and anticipates it will continue to experience certain distribution challenges, including, but not limited to, delivery delays at the USPS and recent volume restrictions at the United Parcel Service, Federal Express and certain local couriers. As the supply chain and distribution challenges continue to evolve, the Company is unable to predict the duration of the shortages and challenges and the extent of the impact on the Company’s business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. As a result of the rising inflationary cost pressures within its raw materials, distribution and labor, the Company has and will continue to pass along price increases to its clients. The Company expects inflationary cost pressures and certain supply chain shortages to potentially continue through fiscal year 2023. The Company is unable to predict the future impact of supply chain shortages as well as cost inflation, and the resulting impact on the Company’s business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

42

Table of Contents

Results of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2022, Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2021

Summary Results

The Company’s operating income, operating margin, net earnings (computed using a 25% normalized tax rate for all items subject to tax) and diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2022, changed from the year ended December 31, 2021, as follows (dollars in millions, except per share data):

Operating IncomeOperating MarginNet EarningsDiluted Earnings Per Share
For the year ended December 31, 2021$92.83.1%$37.8$0.71
Gains from sale and leaseback (1)(24.5)(0.8)%(18.4)(0.35)
Restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges (2)(25.9)(0.8)%(19.4)(0.35)
Other operating income elements (3)11.10.2%8.30.17
Operating Income53.51.7%8.30.18
Interest expense (4)N/AN/A8.40.15
Net pension income (5)N/AN/A(1.4)(0.03)
Loss on debt extinguishment (6)N/AN/A0.50.01
Income taxes (7)N/AN/A(6.2)(0.12)
Investments in unconsolidated entity, net of tax (8)N/AN/A(0.3)(0.01)
For the year ended December 31, 2022$53.51.7%$9.3$0.18

______________________________

(1)The Company executed sale and leaseback transactions of its Chalfont, Pennsylvania and West Allis, Wisconsin facilities resulting in $24.5 million ($18.4 million, net of tax) in gains during the year ended December 31, 2021.

(2)Restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges increased $25.9 million ($19.4 million, net of tax), to $44.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2022, and included the following:

a.A $2.6 million decrease in employee termination charges from $9.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2021, to $7.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2022;

b.A $32.7 million decrease in impairment charges from $34.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2021, to $2.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2022;

c.A $1.4 million increase in transaction-related charges from $0.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2021, to $2.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2022;

d.A $0.7 million increase in integration-related charges from zero during the year ended December 31, 2021, to $0.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2022; and

e.A $59.1 million increase in various other restructuring charges from $26.5 million of income during the year ended December 31, 2021, to $32.6 million of expense during the year ended December 31, 2022.

The Company expects to incur additional restructuring and integration costs in future reporting periods in connection with eliminating excess manufacturing capacity and properly aligning its cost structure in conjunction with the Company’s acquisitions and strategic investments, and other cost reduction programs.

(3)Other operating income elements increased $11.1 million ($8.3 million, net of tax) primarily due to the following: (1) higher print pricing and volume; (2) a $16.0 million decrease in depreciation and amortization expense; and (3) savings from other cost reduction initiatives. These cost decreases were partially offset by cost increases from supply chain disruptions, cost inflation in materials and freight and labor shortages and a $13.4 million gain from a property insurance claim in 2021 that did not repeat in 2022.

43

Table of Contents

(4)Interest expense decreased $11.2 million ($8.4 million, net of tax) during the year ended December 31, 2022, to $48.4 million. This change was due to a $9.3 million decrease in interest expense related to the interest rate swaps and lower average debt levels, partially offset by a higher weighted average interest rate on borrowings during the year ended December 31, 2022, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2021.

(5)Net pension income decreased $1.9 million ($1.4 million, net of tax) during the year ended December 31, 2022, to $12.6 million. This was due to a $1.9 million decrease from the expected long-term return on pension plan assets and a $0.9 million increase from interest cost on pension plan liabilities, partially offset by a $0.9 million decrease in a non-cash settlement charge in 2021 that did not repeat in 2022.

(6)The $0.7 million ($0.5 million, net of tax) decrease in loss on debt extinguishment relates to a $0.5 million loss on debt extinguishment recorded during the fourth quarter of 2021, primarily related to the repurchase of the Company’s unsecured 7.0% senior notes which were due on May 1, 2022 and a $0.2 million loss on debt extinguishment from the fifth amendment to the Company’s April 28, 2014 Senior Secured Credit Facility, completed on November 2, 2021. There was no loss on debt extinguishment during the year ended December 31, 2022.

(7)The $6.2 million increase in income tax expense as calculated in the following table is primarily due to a $22.3 million increase from valuation allowance reserves, partially offset by the following: (1) a $6.2 million decrease from impairment charges related to foreign investments in 2021; (2) a $5.1 million decrease from loss on the sale of its Argentina print business in 2022; (3) a $2.6 million decrease from income in foreign branches; and (4) a $1.6 million decrease from equity award activity and executive compensation limitation.

Year Ended December 31,
20222021$ Change
(dollars in millions)
Earnings before income taxes and equity in earnings of unconsolidated entity$17.7$47.0$(29.3)
Normalized tax rate25.0%25.0%
Income tax expense at normalized tax rate4.411.7(7.3)
Less: Income tax expense from the consolidated statements of operations8.49.5(1.1)
Impact of income taxes$4.0$(2.2)$6.2

(8)The decrease from investments in unconsolidated entity, net of tax, of $0.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2022, was due to the equity in earnings of $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 at the Company’s investment in Plural Industria Gráfica Ltda. (“Plural”), the Company’s Brazilian joint venture. In January 2022, the Company sold its investment in Plural.

44

Table of Contents

Operating Results

The following table sets forth certain information from the Company’s consolidated statements of operations on an absolute dollar basis and as a relative percentage of total net sales for each noted period, together with the relative percentage change in such information between the periods set forth below:

Year Ended December 31,
2022% of Net Sales2021% of Net Sales$ Change% Change
(dollars in millions)
Net sales:
Products$2,528.378.6%$2,247.175.9%$281.212.5%
Services688.721.4%713.324.1%(24.6)(3.4)%
Total net sales3,217.0100.0%2,960.4100.0%256.68.7%
Cost of sales:
Products2,156.267.0%1,861.062.9%295.215.9%
Services462.614.4%528.917.9%(66.3)(12.5)%
Total cost of sales2,618.881.4%2,389.980.8%228.99.6%
Selling, general & administrative expenses358.611.1%326.011.0%32.610.0%
Gains from sale and leaseback%(24.5)(0.8)%24.5nm
Depreciation and amortization141.34.4%157.35.3%(16.0)(10.2)%
Restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges44.81.4%18.90.6%25.9137.0%
Total operating expenses3,163.598.3%2,867.696.9%295.910.3%
Operating income$53.51.7%$92.83.1%$(39.3)(42.3)%

Net Sales

Product sales increased $281.2 million, or 12.5%, for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily due to a $191.2 million increase from paper sales and a $110.1 million increase in sales in the Company’s print product lines, primarily due to increased print pricing and volume, partially offset by $20.1 million in unfavorable foreign exchange impacts.

Service sales, which primarily consist of logistics, distribution, marketing services, imaging and medical services, decreased $24.6 million, or 3.4%, for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily due to a $58.0 million decrease in sales due to the divestiture of the Company’s third-party logistics business, partially offset by a $22.4 million increase in logistics sales and an $11.0 million increase in marketing services and medical services.

Cost of Sales

Cost of product sales increased $295.2 million, or 15.9%, for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily due to the following: (1) an increase in paper costs; (2) the impacts from rising costs of material, labor and other costs of production; and (3) higher print volumes. These increases were partially offset by savings from other cost reduction initiatives.

Cost of service sales decreased $66.3 million, or 12.5%, for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily due to the impact from the divestiture of the Company’s third-party logistics business and savings from other cost reduction initiatives.

45

Table of Contents

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $32.6 million, or 10.0%, for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily due to the following: (1) a $14.0 million increase in employee-related costs; (2) a $13.4 million gain from a property insurance claim in 2021 that did not repeat in 2022; and (3) a $2.1 million increase in credit loss expense. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales increased from 11.0% for the year ended December 31, 2021, to 11.1% for the year ended December 31, 2022.

Gains from sale and leaseback

The Company executed sale and leaseback transactions of its Chalfont, Pennsylvania and West Allis, Wisconsin facilities resulting in $24.5 million ($18.4 million, net of tax) in gains during the year ended December 31, 2021.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization decreased $16.0 million, or 10.2%, for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, due to a $15.4 million decrease in depreciation expense, primarily from property, plant and equipment becoming fully depreciated over the past year, a decrease in purchases of property, plant and equipment and a $0.6 million decrease in amortization expense.

46

Table of Contents

Restructuring, Impairment and Transaction-Related Charges

Restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges increased $25.9 million, or 137.0%, for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily due to the following:

Year Ended December 31,
20222021$ Change
(dollars in millions)
Employee termination charges$7.3$9.9$(2.6)
Impairment charges (a)2.234.9(32.7)
Transaction-related charges2.00.61.4
Integration costs0.70.7
Other restructuring charges (income)
Vacant facility carrying costs and lease exit charges5.419.8(14.4)
Equipment and infrastructure removal costs0.71.6(0.9)
Gains on the sale of facilities (b)(24.8)24.8
Other restructuring activities (c)26.5(23.1)49.6
Other restructuring charges (income)32.6(26.5)59.1
Total restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges$44.8$18.9$25.9

______________________________

(a)Includes $2.2 million and $2.8 million of impairment charges for machinery and equipment no longer being utilized in production as a result of facility consolidations, as well as other capacity reduction and strategic divestiture activities during the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. Impairment charges related to the Company’s decision to sell the investment in Plural of $32.1 million were recorded during the year ended December 31, 2021.

(b)Includes a $13.8 million gain on the sale of the Oklahoma City, Oklahoma facility, a $7.6 million gain on the sale of the Riverside, California facility, a $1.0 million gain on the sale of the Fernley, Nevada facility and a $2.4 million gain on the sale of other facilities during the year ended December 31, 2021.

(c)Includes a $23.1 million loss on the sale of its Argentina print business during the year ended December 31, 2022; and a $20.9 million gain on the sale of a business and a $2.7 million gain from the reclassification of foreign currency translation adjustments during the year ended December 31, 2021. Also includes $1.8 million and $0.6 million in charges from foreign currency losses as a result of the economy in Argentina being classified as highly inflationary during the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The Company has considered the economy in Argentina to be highly inflationary since June 30, 2018.

EBITDA and EBITDA Margin—Consolidated

EBITDA is defined as net earnings, excluding (1) interest expense, (2) income tax expense and (3) depreciation and amortization. EBITDA margin represents EBITDA as a percentage of net sales. EBITDA and EBITDA margin are presented to provide additional information regarding Quad’s performance. Both are important measures by which Quad gauges the profitability and assesses the performance of its business. EBITDA and EBITDA margin are non-GAAP financial measures and should not be considered alternatives to net earnings as a measure of operating performance, or to cash flows provided by operating activities as a measure of liquidity. Quad’s calculation of EBITDA and EBITDA margin may be different from the calculations used by other companies, and therefore, comparability may be limited.

EBITDA and EBITDA margin for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, were as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
2022% of Net Sales2021% of Net Sales
(dollars in millions)
EBITDA and EBITDA margin (non-GAAP)$207.46.4%$264.28.9%

47

Table of Contents

EBITDA decreased $56.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily due to the following: (1) $25.9 million of increased restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges; (2) $24.5 million in gains from sale and leaseback transactions in 2021 that did not repeat in 2022; (3) a $13.4 million gain from a property insurance claim in 2021 that did not repeat in 2022; and (4) cost increases from supply chain disruptions, cost inflation in materials and freight and labor shortages. These cost increases were partially offset by an increase in print product pricing and volume and savings from other cost reduction initiatives.

A reconciliation of EBITDA to net earnings for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, was as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
20222021
(dollars in millions)
Net earnings (1)$9.3$37.8
Interest expense48.459.6
Income tax expense8.49.5
Depreciation and amortization141.3157.3
EBITDA (non-GAAP)$207.4$264.2

______________________________

(1)Net earnings included the following:

a.Restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges of $44.8 million and $18.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively;

b.Gains from sale and leaseback of $24.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2021;

c.Loss on debt extinguishment of $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2021; and

d.Equity in earnings of unconsolidated entity of $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2021.

United States Print and Related Services

The following table summarizes net sales, operating income, operating margin and certain items impacting comparability within the United States Print and Related Services segment:

Year Ended December 31,
20222021$ Change% Change
(dollars in millions)
Net sales:
Products$2,126.6$1,935.8$190.89.9%
Services668.1692.8(24.7)(3.6)%
Operating income (including restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges)108.3163.1(54.8)(33.6)%
Operating margin3.9%6.2%N/AN/A
Restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges$12.1$(14.5)$26.6nm

Net Sales

Product sales for the United States Print and Related Services segment increased $190.8 million, or 9.9%, for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily due to a $128.7 million increase from paper sales and a $62.1 million increase in sales in the Company’s print product lines, primarily due to increased print pricing and volume.

Service sales for the United States Print and Related Services segment decreased $24.7 million, or 3.6%, for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily due to a $58.0 million decrease in sales due to the divestiture of the Company’s third-party logistics business, partially offset by a $22.6 million increase in logistics sales and a $10.7 million increase in marketing services and medical services.

Operating Income

Operating income for the United States Print and Related Services segment decreased $54.8 million, or 33.6%, for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily due to the following: (1) a $26.6 million increase in restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges; (2) $24.5 million in gains from sale and leaseback transactions in 2021 that did not repeat in 2022; (3) a $13.4 million gain from a property insurance claim in 2021 that did not repeat in 2022; and (4) cost increases from supply chain disruptions, cost inflation in materials and freight and labor shortages. These cost increases were partially offset by the following: (1) an increase in print product pricing and volume; (2) a $14.0 million decrease in depreciation and amortization expense; and (3) savings from other cost reduction initiatives.

The operating margin for the United States Print and Related Services segment decreased to 3.9% for the year ended December 31, 2022, from 6.2% for the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily due to the reasons provided above.

Restructuring, Impairment and Transaction-Related Charges

Restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges for the United States Print and Related Services segment increased $26.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily due to the following:

Year Ended December 31,
20222021$ Change
(dollars in millions)
Employee termination charges$4.1$8.2$(4.1)
Impairment charges (a)1.12.8(1.7)
Transaction-related charges
Integration costs
Other restructuring charges (income)
Vacant facility carrying costs and lease exit charges5.419.8(14.4)
Equipment and infrastructure removal costs0.71.6(0.9)
Gains on the sale of facilities (b)(24.8)24.8
Other restructuring activities (c)0.8(22.1)22.9
Other restructuring charges (income)6.9(25.5)32.4
Total restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges$12.1$(14.5)$26.6

______________________________

(a)Includes $1.1 million and $2.8 million of impairment charges for machinery and equipment no longer being utilized in production as a result of facility consolidations, as well as other capacity reduction and strategic divestiture activities during the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

(b)Includes a $13.8 million gain on the sale of the Oklahoma City, Oklahoma facility, a $7.6 million gain on the sale of the Riverside, California facility, a $1.0 million gain on the sale of the Fernley, Nevada facility and a $2.4 million gain on the sale of other facilities during the year ended December 31, 2021.

(c)Includes a $20.9 million gain on the sale of a business during the year ended December 31, 2021.

48

Table of Contents

International

The following table summarizes net sales, operating income, operating margin, certain items impacting comparability and equity in loss of unconsolidated entities within the International segment:

Year Ended December 31,
20222021$ Change% Change
(dollars in millions)
Net sales:
Products$401.7$311.3$90.429.0%
Services20.620.50.10.5%
Operating loss (including restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges)(4.5)(16.1)11.6(72.0)%
Operating margin(1.1)%(4.9)%N/AN/A
Restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges$30.7$31.3$(0.6)(1.9)%
Equity in earnings(0.3)0.3100.0%

Net Sales

Product sales for the International segment increased $90.4 million, or 29.0%, for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily due to a $62.5 million increase in paper sales and a $48.0 million increase in print pricing and volume, primarily in Mexico and Colombia, partially offset by $20.1 million in unfavorable foreign exchange impacts, primarily in Europe, Argentina and Colombia.

Service sales for the International segment increased $0.1 million, or 0.5%, for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily due to an increase in marketing services in Europe.

Operating Loss

Operating loss for the International segment decreased $11.6 million, or 72.0%, for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily due to an $11.0 million increase in operating income from increased print pricing and volume and a $0.6 million decrease in restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges.

Restructuring, Impairment and Transaction-Related Charges

Restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges for the International segment decreased $0.6 million, or 1.9%, for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily due to the following:

Year Ended December 31,
20222021$ Change
(dollars in millions)
Employee termination charges$3.2$1.2$2.0
Impairment charges (a)1.132.1(31.0)
Transaction-related charges0.10.1
Integration costs0.70.7
Other restructuring charges (income) (b)25.6(2.0)27.6
Total restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges$30.7$31.3$(0.6)

______________________________

(a)Includes $1.1 million of impairment charges for machinery and equipment no longer being utilized in production as a result of facility consolidations, as well as other capacity reduction and strategic divestiture activities during the year ended December 31, 2022 and includes $32.1 million of impairment charges related to the Company’s decision to sell the investment in Plural during the year ended December 31, 2021.

(b)Includes a $23.1 million loss on the sale of its Argentina print business during the year ended December 31, 2022. Also includes $1.8 million and $0.6 million in charges from foreign currency losses as result of the economy in Argentina being classified as highly inflationary during the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively, and a $2.7 million gain from the reclassification of foreign currency translation adjustments during the year ended December 31, 2021.

Equity in Earnings of Unconsolidated Entities

Investments in entities where Quad has the ability to exert significant influence, but not control, are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. At December 31, 2021, the Company held a 49% ownership interest in Plural, a commercial printer based in São Paulo, Brazil. The equity in earnings of unconsolidated entity in the International segment was $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. In January 2022, the Company sold its investment in Plural. As a result of the planned sale, the Company recorded a $32.1 million impairment charge during the year ended December 31, 2021.

Corporate

The following table summarizes unallocated operating expenses presented as Corporate:

Year Ended December 31,
20222021$ Change% Change
(dollars in millions)
Operating expenses (including restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges)$50.3$54.2$(3.9)(7.2)%
Restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges2.02.1(0.1)(4.8)%

Operating Expenses

Corporate operating expenses decreased $3.9 million, or 7.2%, for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily due to the following: (1) a $2.0 million decrease in employee-related costs; (2) a $1.6 million decrease in professional fees; and (3) a $0.1 million decrease in restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges.

49

Table of Contents

Restructuring, Impairment and Transaction-Related Charges

Corporate restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges decreased $0.1 million, or 4.8%, for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily due to the following:

Year Ended December 31,
20222021$ Change
(dollars in millions)
Employee termination charges$$0.5$(0.5)
Transaction-related charges1.90.61.3
Other restructuring charges0.11.0(0.9)
Total restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges$2.0$2.1$(0.1)

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The Company utilizes cash flows from operating activities and borrowings under its credit facilities to satisfy its liquidity and capital requirements. The Company had total liquidity of $425.0 million as of December 31, 2022, which consisted of up to $399.8 million of unused capacity under its revolving credit arrangement, which was net of $32.7 million of issued letters of credit, and cash and cash equivalents of $25.2 million. Total liquidity is reduced to $398.0 million under the Company’s most restrictive debt covenants, and consists of $25.2 million in cash and cash equivalents and $372.8 million available under its revolving credit arrangement. There were no borrowings under the $432.5 million revolving credit facility as of December 31, 2022.

The Company believes its expected future cash flows from operating activities and its current liquidity and capital resources, are sufficient to fund ongoing operating requirements and service debt and pension requirements for both the next 12 months and beyond.

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

Year Ended December 31, 2022, Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2021

Net cash provided by operating activities was $154.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to $136.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, resulting in a $18.1 million increase in cash provided by operating activities. The increase was primarily due to a $24.4 million increase in cash from earnings, offset by a $6.3 million decrease in cash flows provided by changes in operating assets and liabilities.

Net Cash (Used in) Provided by Investing Activities

Year Ended December 31, 2022, Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2021

Net cash used in investing activities was $60.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to $129.4 million cash provided by investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2021, resulting in a $189.9 million increase in cash used in investing activities. The increase was primarily due to the following: (1) a $121.7 million decrease in proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment; (2) a $39.7 million decrease in proceeds from the sale of a business; (3) a $15.0 million decrease in proceeds from a property insurance claim; (4) a $10.3 million increase in purchases of property, plant and equipment; (5) a $2.6 million increase in cash used in the acquisition of a business; and (6) a $1.9 million increase in cost investment in unconsolidated entities. These increases were partially offset by a $1.3 million increase in cash provided by other investing activities.

50

Table of Contents

Net Cash Used in Financing Activities

Year Ended December 31, 2022, Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2021

Net cash used in financing activities was $248.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to $140.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, resulting in a $107.8 million increase in cash used in financing activities. The increase was primarily due to the following: (1) a $112.2 million increase in net payments of debt and lease obligations in 2022 compared to 2021; (2) a $10.0 million increase in purchases of treasury stock; and (3) a $1.4 million increase in equity awards redeemed to pay employees’ tax obligations. These increases were partially offset by (1) an $8.0 million decrease in cash used in other financing activities; (2) a $5.9 million decrease in payments of debt issuance costs and financing fees; and (3) a $1.9 million decrease in cash used in changes in ownership of noncontrolling interests.

Free Cash Flow

Free Cash Flow is defined as net cash provided by operating activities less purchases of property, plant and equipment.

The Company’s management assesses Free Cash Flow as a measure to quantify cash available for (1) strengthening the balance sheet (debt reduction), (2) strategic capital allocation and deployment through investments in the business (acquisitions and strategic investments) and (3) returning capital to the shareholders (dividends and share repurchases). The priorities for capital allocation and deployment will change as circumstances dictate for the business, and Free Cash Flow can be significantly impacted by the Company’s restructuring activities and other unusual items.

Free Cash Flow is a non-GAAP financial measure and should not be considered an alternative to cash flows provided by operating activities as a measure of liquidity. Quad’s calculation of Free Cash Flow may be different from similar calculations used by other companies, and therefore, comparability may be limited.

Free Cash Flow for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, was as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
20222021
(dollars in millions)
Net cash provided by operating activities$154.6$136.5
Less: purchases of property, plant and equipment(60.3)(50.0)
Free Cash Flow (non-GAAP)$94.3$86.5

Free Cash Flow increased $7.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily due to an $18.1 million increase in net cash provided by operating activities, partially offset by a $10.3 million increase in capital expenditures. See the “Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities” section above for further explanations of the change in operating cash flows and the “Net Cash (Used in) Provided by Investing Activities” section above for further explanations of the changes in purchases of property, plant and equipment.

51

Table of Contents

Debt Leverage Ratio

The Debt Leverage Ratio is defined as total debt and finance lease obligations less cash and cash equivalents (Net Debt) divided by the trailing twelve months Adjusted EBITDA, comprised of the sum of the following: (1) the last twelve months of EBITDA (see the definition of EBITDA and the reconciliation of net earnings to EBITDA in the “Results of Operations” section above); (2) restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges; (3) gains from sale and leaseback; (4) loss on debt extinguishment; (5) equity in earnings of unconsolidated entity; and (6) Adjusted EBITDA for unconsolidated equity method investments (calculated in a consistent manner with the calculation for Quad).

The Company uses the Debt Leverage Ratio as a metric to assess liquidity and the flexibility of its balance sheet. Consistent with other liquidity metrics, the Company monitors the Debt Leverage Ratio as a measure to determine the appropriate level of debt the Company believes is optimal to operate its business, and accordingly, to quantify debt capacity available for strengthening the balance sheet through debt and pension liability reduction, for strategic capital allocation and deployment through investments in the business, and for returning capital to the shareholders. The priorities for capital allocation and deployment will change as circumstances dictate for the business, and the Debt Leverage Ratio can be significantly impacted by the amount and timing of large expenditures requiring debt financing, as well as changes in profitability.

The Debt Leverage Ratio is a non-GAAP measure, and should not be considered an alternative to cash flows provided by operating activities as a measure of liquidity. Quad’s calculation of the Debt Leverage Ratio may be different from similar calculations used by other companies and, therefore, comparability may be limited.

The Debt Leverage Ratio calculated below differs from the Total Leverage Ratio, the Total Net Leverage Ratio and Senior Secured Leverage Ratio included in the Company’s debt covenant calculations (see “Covenants and Compliance” section below for further information on debt covenants). The Total Leverage Ratio included in the Company’s debt covenants includes interest rate swap liabilities, letters of credit and surety bonds as debt, and excludes non-cash stock-based compensation expense from EBITDA. The Total Net Leverage Ratio includes and excludes the same adjustments as the Total Leverage Ratio, in addition to netting domestic unrestricted cash with debt. Similarly, the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio includes and excludes the same adjustments as the Total Leverage Ratio, in addition to the exclusion of the outstanding balance of the surety bonds from debt and netting domestic unrestricted cash with debt.

The Debt Leverage Ratio as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, was as follows:

December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
(dollars in millions)
Total debt and finance lease obligations on the consolidated balance sheets$570.2$803.7
Less: Cash and cash equivalents25.2179.9
Net Debt (non-GAAP)$545.0$623.8
Divided by: Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended (non-GAAP)$252.2$260.5
Debt Leverage Ratio (non-GAAP)2.16x2.39x

52

Table of Contents

The calculation of Adjusted EBITDA for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, was as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
20222021
(dollars in millions)
Net earnings$9.3$37.8
Interest expense48.459.6
Income tax expense8.49.5
Depreciation and amortization141.3157.3
EBITDA (non-GAAP)$207.4$264.2
Restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges44.818.9
Gains from sale and leaseback(24.5)
Loss on debt extinguishment0.7
Other (1)1.2
Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP) (2)$252.2$260.5

______________________________

(1)Other is comprised of equity in earnings of unconsolidated entity and Adjusted EBITDA for unconsolidated equity method investments.

(2)The Company made a change in its definition of Adjusted EBITDA to include net pension income. This change is reflected in all periods presented.

The Debt Leverage Ratio, at December 31, 2022, decreased 0.23x to 2.16x compared to December 31, 2021, primarily due to a $78.8 million decrease in debt and finance lease obligations, partially offset by an $8.3 million decrease in Adjusted EBITDA. The Debt Leverage Ratio, at December 31, 2022, is within management’s desired target Debt Leverage Ratio range of 2.0x to 2.5x; however, the Company will operate at times above the Debt Leverage Ratio target range depending on the timing of compelling strategic investment opportunities, as well as seasonal working capital needs.

Description of Significant Outstanding Debt Obligations as of December 31, 2022

As of December 31, 2022, the Company utilized a combination of debt instruments to fund cash requirements, including the following:

•Senior Secured Credit Facility:

◦$432.5 million revolving credit facility (no outstanding balance as of December 31, 2022); and

◦$825.0 million Term Loan A ($556.7 million outstanding as of December 31, 2022);

•Master Note and Security Agreement ($4.4 million outstanding as of December 31, 2022).

53

Table of Contents

Senior Secured Credit Facility

On April 28, 2014, the Company entered into its Senior Secured Credit Facility, which included a revolving credit facility, Term Loan A and Term Loan B (Term Loan B was retired in July 2019) . The Company completed the fifth amendment to the Senior Secured Credit Facility on November 2, 2021. The Senior Secured Credit Facility was amended to (a) reduce the aggregate amount of the existing revolving credit facility from $500.0 million to $432.5 million, and extend the maturity of a portion of the revolving credit facility such that $90.0 million under the revolving credit facility is due on the existing maturity date of January 31, 2024 (the “Existing Maturity Date”) and $342.5 million under the revolving credit facility is due on November 2, 2026 (the “Extended Maturity Date”); (b) extend the maturity of a portion of the existing term loan facility such that $91.5 million of such term loan facility is due on the Existing Maturity Date and $483.9 million is due on the Extended Maturity Date; (c) make certain adjustments to pricing, including an increase of 0.50% to the interest rate margin applicable to the loans maturing on the Extended Maturity Date; (d) modify certain financial and operational covenants; and (e) modify the interest rate provisions relating to the phase-out of LIBOR as a reference rate.

The Company completed the sixth amendment to the Senior Secured Credit Facility on March 25, 2022, which expanded the number of currencies available for letters of credit. The Company completed the seventh amendment to the Senior Secured Credit Facility on January 24, 2023, which transitioned the Company’s reference rate from LIBOR to SOFR effective February 1, 2023. The transition from LIBOR to SOFR does not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

Borrowings under the revolving credit facility and Term Loan A made under the Senior Secured Credit Facility bear interest at 2.75% in excess of reserve adjusted LIBOR, or 1.75% in excess of an alternate base rate with a LIBOR floor of 0.75% for the extended tranche and bear interest at 2.50% in excess of reserve adjusted LIBOR, or 1.50% in excess of an alternate base rate with a LIBOR floor of 0.75% for the non-extending tranche.

At December 31, 2022, the Company had no outstanding borrowings on the revolving credit facility, and had $32.7 million of issued letters of credit, leaving up to $399.8 million available for future borrowings. The Senior Secured Credit Facility is secured by substantially all of the unencumbered assets of the Company. The Senior Secured Credit Facility also requires the Company to provide additional collateral to the lenders in certain limited circumstances.

Senior Unsecured Notes

The Company issued $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of its Senior Unsecured Notes due May 1, 2022, on April 28, 2014. During the first quarter of 2022, the Company repurchased $2.4 million of its outstanding Senior Unsecured Notes in the open market. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company repurchased $27.2 million of its outstanding Senior Unsecured Notes in the open market, resulting in a net loss on debt extinguishment of $0.5 million. All repurchased Senior Unsecured Notes were canceled. The Company used cash flows from operating activities and borrowings under its revolving credit facility to fund the repurchases. These repurchases were completed primarily to reduce interest expense.

On May 2, 2022, the Company used liquidity available under its revolving credit facility and available cash on hand to fund the repayment on maturity of all $209.1 million aggregate principal amount, outstanding at the time, of its Senior Unsecured Notes.

Master Note and Security Agreement

On September 1, 1995, and as last amended on November 24, 2014, the Company entered into its Master Note and Security Agreement pursuant to which the Company issued over time senior notes in an aggregate principal amount of $1.1 billion in various tranches, of which $4.4 million was outstanding as of December 31, 2022. The senior notes under the Master Note and Security Agreement had a weighted average interest rate of 7.92% at December 31, 2022, which is fixed to maturity, with interest payable semiannually. Principal payments commenced September 1997 and extend through 2026 in various tranches. The notes are collateralized by certain United States press equipment under the terms of the Master Note and Security Agreement.

54

Table of Contents

Covenants and Compliance

The Company’s various lending arrangements include certain financial covenants (all financial terms, numbers and ratios are as defined in the Company’s debt agreements). Among these covenants, the Company was required to maintain the following as of December 31, 2022:

•Total Leverage Ratio. On a rolling twelve-month basis, the Total Leverage Ratio, defined as consolidated total indebtedness to consolidated EBITDA, shall not exceed 3.75 to 1.00 (for the twelve months ended December 31, 2022, the Company’s Total Leverage Ratio was 2.22 to 1.00).

•Liquidity, defined as unrestricted cash and permitted investments of the Company and its subsidiaries (subject to certain conditions) plus the aggregate amount of the unused revolving credit facility commitments, shall not be less than $181.6 million at any time during the period commencing December 15, 2023 and ending when all obligations owed under the Senior Secured Credit Facility to lenders that are not extending lenders are paid in full.

•If there is any amount outstanding on the Revolving Credit Facility or Term Loan A, or if any lender has any revolving credit exposure or Term Loan A credit exposure, the Company is required to maintain the following:

◦Senior Secured Leverage Ratio. On a rolling four-quarter basis, the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio, defined as the ratio of consolidated senior secured net indebtedness to consolidated EBITDA, shall not exceed (a) 3.50 to 1.00 for any fiscal quarter ending prior to December 31, 2023, and (b) 3.25 to 1.00 for any fiscal quarter ending on or after December 31, 2023 (other than, in the case of this clause (b), any fiscal quarter ending September 30 of any year, each of which shall be subject to a maximum Senior Secured Leverage Ratio not to exceed 3.50 to 1.00) (for the twelve months ended December 31, 2022, the Company’s Senior Secured Leverage Ratio was 2.13 to 1.00).

•Interest Coverage Ratio. On a rolling twelve-month basis, the Interest Coverage Ratio, defined as consolidated EBITDA to cash consolidated interest expense, shall not be less than 3.00 to 1.00 (for the twelve months ended December 31, 2022, the Company’s Interest Coverage Ratio was 6.39 to 1.00).

The Company was in compliance with all financial covenants in its debt agreements as of December 31, 2022. While the Company currently expects to be in compliance in future periods with all of the financial covenants, there can be no assurance that these covenants will continue to be met. The Company’s failure to maintain compliance with the covenants could prevent the Company from borrowing additional amounts and could result in a default under any of the debt agreements. Such default could cause the outstanding indebtedness to become immediately due and payable, by virtue of cross-acceleration or cross-default provisions.

In addition to those covenants, the Senior Secured Credit Facility also includes certain limitations on acquisitions, indebtedness, liens, dividends and repurchases of capital stock.

•If the Company’s Total Leverage Ratio is greater than 2.75 to 1.00, the Company is prohibited from making greater than $60.0 million of dividend payments, capital stock repurchases and certain other payments, over the course of the agreement. If the Company’s Total Leverage Ratio is above 2.50 to 1.00 but below 2.75 to 1.00, the Company is prohibited from making greater than $100.0 million of dividend payments, capital stock repurchases and certain other payments, over the course of the agreement. If the Total Leverage Ratio is less than 2.50 to 1.00, there are no such restrictions. As the Company’s Total Leverage Ratio as of December 31, 2022, was 2.22 to 1.00, the limitations described above are not applicable at this time.

55

Table of Contents

•If the Company’s Senior Secured Leverage Ratio is greater than 3.00 to 1.00 or the Company’s Total Net Leverage Ratio which, on a rolling twelve-month basis, is defined as consolidated net indebtedness to consolidated EBITDA, is greater than 3.50 to 1.00, the Company is prohibited from voluntarily prepaying any unsecured or subordinated indebtedness, with certain exceptions (including any mandatory prepayments on the Senior Unsecured Notes or any other unsecured or subordinated debt). If the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio is less than 3.00 to 1.00 and the Total Net Leverage Ratio is less than 3.50 to 1.00, there are no such restrictions. The limitations described above are currently not applicable, as the Company’s Senior Secured Leverage Ratio was 2.13 to 1.00 and Total Net Leverage Ratio was 2.14 to 1.00, as of December 31, 2022.

Net Pension Obligations

The net underfunded pension and MEPPs obligations increased by $13.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2022, from $51.4 million at December 31, 2021, to $64.6 million at December 31, 2022. This increase was primarily due to an overall decrease in pension plan assets due to a negative actual return on pension plan assets of (21.76%) during the year ended December 31, 2022, which was below the expected return on plan assets assumption of 5.25%. This decrease in plan assets was partially offset by a decrease in overall pension obligations, primarily due to a 269 basis point increase in the pension discount rate from 2.77% at December 31, 2021 to 5.46% at December 31, 2022, payments totaling $6.2 million made to the MEPPs and $1.0 million in pension benefit payments during the year ended December 31, 2022.

The Company continues to focus on reducing pension obligations through cash contributions to the plans, lump-sum settlements and plan design changes.

Share Repurchase Program

On July 30, 2018, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase program of up to $100.0 million of the Company’s outstanding class A common stock. Under the authorization, share repurchases may be made at the Company’s discretion, from time to time, in the open market and/or in privately negotiated transactions as permitted by federal securities laws and other legal requirements. The timing, manner, price and amount of any repurchase will depend on economic and market conditions, share price, trading volume, applicable legal requirements and other factors. The program may be suspended or discontinued at any time.

During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company repurchased 3,093,662 shares of its Class A common stock at a weighted average price of $3.21 per share for a total purchase price of $9.9 million ($10.0 million, including commissions). There were no shares repurchased during the year ended December 31, 2021. As of December 31, 2022, there were $90.1 million of authorized repurchases remaining under the program.

Risk Management

For a discussion of the Company’s exposure to market risks and management of those market risks, see Item 7A, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

56

Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations and Other Commitments

The Company’s contractual cash obligations at December 31, 2022, were as follows (in millions):

Payments Due by Period
Total20232024202520262027Thereafter
Debt obligations(1)$677.2$95.0$177.2$94.0$311.0$$
Operating lease obligations(2)131.333.125.721.417.113.920.1
MEPPs withdrawal obligations(3)38.96.14.03.93.93.917.1
Pension benefit obligations(4)35.31.59.78.28.47.5
Finance lease obligations(5)2.70.90.60.50.20.20.3
Purchase obligations(6)35.435.4
Total(7)(8)$920.8$172.0$217.2$128.0$340.6$25.5$37.5

______________________________

(1)Debt obligations include $102.5 million for anticipated future interest payments, including $3.9 million of estimated interest payment refunds from the interest rate swaps, and excludes $6.9 million for future amortization of debt issuance costs. During 2021, the Company paid in advance $62.4 million of required amortization payments on its Term Loan A for the year ended December 31, 2023.

(2)Operating lease obligations include $16.4 million for anticipated future interest payments.

(3)MEPPs withdrawal obligations include $10.5 million for anticipated future interest payments. See Note 14, “Employee Retirement Plans,” to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further discussion of the MEPPs withdrawal liability.

(4)For the pension benefit obligations, contributions and benefit payments to be funded from Company assets included in the table have been actuarially estimated over a five year period. While benefit payments under these benefit plans are expected to continue beyond 2027, the Company believes that an estimate beyond this period is unreasonable.

(5)Finance lease obligations include $0.3 million for anticipated future interest payments.

(6)Purchase obligations consist primarily of $32.9 million in firm commitments to purchase press and finishing equipment and $2.5 million of other purchase obligations.

(7)The contractual obligations table above does not include reserves for uncertain tax positions recorded in accordance with the accounting guidance on uncertainties in income taxes. The Company has taken tax positions for which the ultimate amount and the year(s) any necessary payments will be made that pertain to those tax positions is uncertain. The reserve for uncertain tax positions prior to interest and penalties was $11.1 million as of December 31, 2022, of which $6.7 million was included in deferred income taxes and $4.4 million was included in other long-term liabilities.

(8)The contractual obligations table above does not include the share repurchase program as no repurchases are required under the program. See the “Share Repurchase Program” section above for further discussion, including the maximum potential cash payments under the program.

57

Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The Company’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP. The Company’s most critical accounting policies are those that are most important to the portrayal of its financial condition and results of operations, and which require the Company to make its most difficult and subjective estimates. Management is required to make judgments and estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The Company’s management believes that such judgments and estimates are made with consistent and appropriate methods based on information available at the time, and that any reasonable deviation from those judgments and estimates would not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. To the extent that the estimates used differ from actual results, adjustments to the consolidated statements of operations and corresponding consolidated balance sheets would be necessary. These adjustments would be made in future statements.

The Company has identified the following as its critical accounting policies and estimates.

Revenue Recognition

Performance Obligations

At contract inception, the Company assesses the products and services promised in its contracts with customers and identifies performance obligations for each promise to transfer to the customer a product or service that is distinct. To identify the performance obligations, the Company considers the goods or services promised in the contract regardless of whether they are explicitly stated or are implied by customary business practices. The Company determined that the following distinct products and services represent separate performance obligations:

•Pre-Press Services

•Print

•Other Services

For Pre-Press and Other Services, the Company recognizes revenue at point-in-time upon completion of the performed service and acceptance by the customer. The Company considers transfer of control to occur once the service is performed as the Company has right to payment and the customer has legal title and risk and reward of ownership.

The Company recognizes its Print revenues upon transfer of title and the passage of risk of loss, which is point-in-time upon shipment to the customer, and when there is a reasonable assurance as to collectability. Revenues related to the Company’s logistics operations, which includes the delivery of printed material, are included in the Print performance obligation and are also recognized at point-in-time as services are completed. Revenues related to the Company’s imaging operations, which include digital content management, photography, color services and page production, are recognized in accordance with the terms of the contract, typically upon completion of the performed service and acceptance by the customer. Under agreements with certain customers, products may be stored by the Company for future delivery and revenue is recognized upon shipment to the customer. In these situations, the Company may receive warehouse management fees for the services it provides.

58

Table of Contents

Certain revenues earned by the Company require judgment to determine if revenue should be recorded gross as principal or net of related costs as an agent. Billings for third-party shipping and handling costs, primarily in the Company’s logistics operations, and out-of-pocket expenses are recorded gross in net sales and cost of sales in the consolidated statements of operations in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Many of the Company’s operations process materials, primarily paper, that may be supplied directly by customers or may be purchased by the Company and sold to customers. No revenue is recognized for customer-supplied paper. Revenues for the Company-supplied paper are recognized on a gross basis. In some instances, the Company will deliver print work for a customer and bill the customer for postage. In these cases, the Company is acting as an agent and billings are recorded on a net basis in net sales.

Significant Payment Terms

Payment terms and conditions for contracts with customers vary. The Company typically offers standard terms of net 30 days.  It is not the Company’s standard business practice to offer extended payment terms longer than one year. The Company may offer cash discounts or prepayment and extended terms depending on certain facts and circumstances. As such, when the timing of the Company’s delivery of products and services differs from the timing of payment, the Company will record either a contract asset or a contract liability.

Variable Consideration

When evaluating the transaction price, the Company analyzes on a contract by contract basis all applicable variable considerations and non-cash consideration and also performs a constraint analysis. The nature of the Company’s contracts give rise to variable consideration, including, volume rebates, credits, discounts, and other similar items that generally decrease the transaction price. These variable amounts generally are credited to the customer, based on achieving certain levels of sales activity, when contracts are signed, or making payments within specific terms.

Product returns are not significant because the products are customized; however, the Company accrues for the estimated amount of customer allowances at the time of sale based on historical experience and known trends.

When the transaction price requires allocation to multiple performance obligations, the Company uses the estimated stand-alone selling prices using the adjusted market assessment approach.

Impairment of Property, Plant and Equipment and Finite-lived Intangible Assets

The Company performs impairment evaluations of its long-lived assets whenever business conditions, events or circumstances indicate that those assets may be impaired, including whether the estimated useful life of such long-lived assets may warrant revision or whether the remaining balance of an asset may not be recoverable. The Company’s most significant long-lived assets are property, plant and equipment and customer relationship intangible assets recorded in conjunction with an acquisition. Assessing the impairment of long-lived assets requires the Company to make important estimates and assumptions, including, but not limited to, the expected future cash flows that the assets will generate, how the assets will be used based on the strategic direction of the Company, their remaining useful life and their residual value, if any. Considerable judgment is also applied in incorporating the potential impact of the current economic climate on customer demand and selling prices, the cost of production and the limited activity on secondary markets for the assets and on the cost of capital. When the estimated future undiscounted cash flows to be generated by the assets are less than the carrying value of the long-lived assets, the assets are written down to fair value and a charge is recorded to current operations. The Company uses internal discounted cash flow estimates, quoted market prices when available and independent appraisals, as appropriate, to determine fair value. This fair value determination was categorized as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy (see Note 13, “Financial Instruments and Fair Value Measurements,” to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the definition of Level 3 inputs).

59

Table of Contents

The Company classifies long-lived assets to be sold as held for sale in the period in which: (i) there is an approved plan to sell the asset and the Company is committed to that plan, (ii) the asset is available for immediate sale in its present condition, (iii) an active program to locate a buyer and other actions required to sell the asset have been initiated, (iv) the sale of the asset is probable, (v) the asset is being actively marketed for sale at a price that is reasonable in relation to its current fair value, and (vi) it is unlikely that significant changes to the plan will be made or that the plan will be withdrawn. Assets held for sale are initially measured at the lower of the carrying value or the fair value less cost to sell. Losses resulting from this measurement are recognized in the period in which the held for sale criteria are met while gains are not recognized until the date of sale. Once designated as held for sale, the Company stops recording depreciation expense on the property, plant and equipment. The fair value less cost to sell of long-lived assets held for sale is assessed at each reporting period until it no longer meets this classification.

Based on the assessments completed during the years ended December 31, 2022, and 2021, the Company recognized property, plant and equipment impairment charges of $2.2 million and $2.8 million, respectively, primarily related to facility consolidations, as well as other capacity reduction and strategic divestiture activities. There were no finite-lived intangible asset impairment charges recorded during the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021.

The Company continues to monitor groups of assets to identify any new events or changes in circumstances that could indicate that their carrying values are not recoverable, particularly in light of potential declines in profitability that may result from the highly competitive industry landscape and continued uncertainty in the global economy. In the event that there are significant and unanticipated changes in circumstances, such as significant adverse changes in business climate, adverse actions by regulators, unanticipated competition, loss of key customers and/or changes in technology or markets, or that actual results differ from management’s estimates, a provision for impairment could be required in a future period.

Workers’ Compensation

The Company is self-insured for a significant portion of its expected workers’ compensation program. Insurance is purchased for individual workers’ compensation claims that exceed $0.8 million. The Company establishes reserves for unresolved claims and for an estimate of incurred but not reported (“IBNR”) claims. These reserves and estimates of IBNR claims are based upon an actuarial study, which is performed annually as of October 31st and is adjusted by the actuarially determined losses and actual claims payments for November and December. The Company also monitors actual claim developments, including incurrence or settlement of individual large claims during the interim periods between actuarial studies as another means of estimating the adequacy of the reserves. As of December 31, 2022, the Company has net reserves for workers’ compensation of $29.9 million, of which $6.6 million was recorded in other current liabilities and $34.5 million was recorded in other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets (see Note 8, “Other Current and Long-Term Liabilities”). These reserves are net of $11.2 million recorded in other long-term assets in the consolidated balance sheets for claims covered by purchased insurance.

New Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 21, “New Accounting Pronouncements,” to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

FY 2021 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0001481792-22-000005.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Published MD&A gate trimmed front/tail over-capture. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2022-02-23. Report date: 2021-12-31.

Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Following discussion of the financial condition and results of operations of Quad should be read together with Quad’s audited consolidated financial statements for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, including the notes thereto, included in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect the Company’s plans, estimates and beliefs. The Company’s actual results could differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in “Forward-Looking Statements” and Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” included earlier within this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is provided as a supplement to the Company’s consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes to help provide an understanding of the Company’s financial condition, the changes in the Company’s financial condition and the Company’s results of operations. This discussion and analysis is organized as follows:

•Overview. This section includes a general description of the Company’s business and segments, an overview of key performance metrics the Company’s management measures and utilizes to evaluate business performance, and an overview of trends affecting the Company, including management’s actions related to the trends.

•Results of Operations. This section contains an analysis of the Company’s results of operations by comparing the results for the year ended December 31, 2021, to the year ended December 31, 2020. The comparability of the Company’s results of operations between periods was impacted by acquisitions, strategic investments and divestitures, including the divestiture of the Omaha, Nebraska packaging plant, which was sold on January 31, 2020, the additional investment in Rise in June 2020, and the divestiture of Company’s third-party logistics business on June 30, 2021. The results of operations of the packaging plant and the third-party logistics divestitures are included in the Company’s consolidated results until the date of disposition, and the results of operations of the investment in Rise reflect the Company’s ownership interest from the respective dates of change in ownership. The results of the Company’s United States Book business (“Book business”) have been reported as discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2020.  Forward-looking statements providing a general description of recent and projected industry and Company developments that are important to understanding the Company’s results of operations are included in this section. This section also provides a discussion of EBITDA and EBITDA margin, financial measures that the Company uses to assess the performance of its business that are not prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).

•Liquidity and Capital Resources. This section provides an analysis of the Company’s capitalization, cash flows and a discussion and table of outstanding debt and commitments. Forward-looking statements important to understanding the Company’s financial condition are included in this section. This section also provides a discussion of Free Cash Flow and Debt Leverage Ratio, non-GAAP financial measures that the Company uses to assess liquidity and capital allocation and deployment.

•Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates. This section contains a discussion of the accounting policies that the Company’s management believes are important to the Company’s financial condition and results of operations, as well as allowances and reserves that require significant judgment and estimates on the part of the Company’s management. In addition, all of the Company’s significant accounting policies, including critical accounting policies, are summarized in Note 1, “Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

37

Overview

Business Overview

As a worldwide marketing solutions partner, Quad leverages its more than 50-year heritage of platform excellence, innovation, strong culture and social purpose to create a better way for its clients, employees and communities. The Company’s integrated marketing platform removes friction throughout the marketing process thereby helping brands and marketers reduce complexity, increase efficiency and enhance marketing spend effectiveness. Quad provides its clients

with a complete through-the-line marketing offering, providing unmatched scale for on-site services and expanded

subject expertise in marketing strategy, creative solutions, media deployment and marketing management services. With

a client-centric approach that drives the Company to continuously hone and evolve its offering, combined with leading-edge technology, advanced data and analytics and single-source simplicity, the Company has the resources and

knowledge to help a wide variety of clients target, more deeply engage and grow audiences in multiple verticals,

including those in established and emerging industries, such as retail, publishing, consumer technology, consumer

packaged goods, financial services, insurance, healthcare and direct-to-consumer.

For a full description of the Company’s business overview, refer to Part I, Item 1, “Business,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The Company’s operating and reportable segments are aligned with how the chief operating decision maker of the Company currently manages the business. The Company’s operating and reportable segments, including their product and service offerings, and a “Corporate” category, are summarized below.

The United States Print and Related Services segment is predominantly comprised of the Company’s United States printing operations and is managed as one integrated platform. This includes retail inserts, publications, catalogs, special interest publications, journals, direct mail, directories, in-store marketing and promotion, packaging, newspapers, custom print products, other commercial and specialty printed products and global paper procurement, together with marketing and other complementary services, including consumer insights, audience targeting, personalization, media planning and placement, process optimization, campaign planning and creation, pre-media production, videography, photography, digital execution, print execution and logistics. This segment also includes the manufacture of ink. The United States Print and Related Services segment accounted for approximately 89% and 90% of the Company’s consolidated net sales during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

The International segment consists of the Company’s printing operations in Europe and Latin America, including operations in England, France, Germany, Poland, Argentina, Colombia, Mexico and Peru, as well as investments in printing operations in Brazil and India. This segment provides printed products and marketing and other complementary services consistent with the United States Print and Related Services segment. The International segment accounted for approximately 11% and 10% of the Company’s consolidated net sales during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Corporate consists of unallocated general and administrative activities and associated expenses including, in part, executive, legal and finance, as well as certain expenses and income from frozen employee retirement plans, such as pension benefit plans.

38

Key Performance Metrics Overview

The Company’s management believes the ability to generate net sales growth, profit increases and positive cash flow, while maintaining the appropriate level of debt, are key indicators of the successful execution of the Company’s business strategy and will increase shareholder value. The Company uses period-over-period net sales growth, EBITDA, EBITDA margin, net cash provided by operating activities, Free Cash Flow and Debt Leverage Ratio as metrics to measure operating performance, financial condition and liquidity. EBITDA, EBITDA margin, Free Cash Flow and Debt Leverage Ratio are non-GAAP financial measures (see the definitions of EBITDA, EBITDA margin and the reconciliation of net earnings (loss) attributable to Quad common shareholders to EBITDA in the “Results of Operations” section below, and see the definitions of Free Cash Flow and Debt Leverage Ratio, the reconciliation of net cash provided by operating activities to Free Cash Flow, and the calculation of Debt Leverage Ratio in the “Liquidity and Capital Resources” section below).

Net sales growth. The Company uses period-over-period net sales growth as a key performance metric. The Company’s management assesses net sales growth based on the ability to generate increased net sales through increased sales to existing clients, sales to new clients, sales of new or expanded solutions to existing and new clients, and opportunities to expand sales through strategic investments, including acquisitions.

EBITDA and EBITDA margin. The Company uses EBITDA and EBITDA margin as metrics to assess operating performance. The Company’s management assesses EBITDA and EBITDA margin based on the ability to increase revenues while controlling variable expense growth.

Net cash provided by operating activities. The Company uses net cash provided by operating activities as a metric to assess liquidity. The Company’s management assesses net cash provided by operating activities based on the ability to meet recurring cash obligations while increasing available cash to fund debt service requirements, capital expenditures, cash restructuring requirements related to cost reduction activities, World Color Press single employer pension plan contributions, World Color Press MEPPs withdrawal liabilities, acquisitions and other investments in future growth, shareholder dividends and share repurchases. Net cash provided by operating activities can be significantly impacted by the timing of non-recurring or infrequent receipts or expenditures.

Free Cash Flow. The Company uses Free Cash Flow as a metric to assess liquidity and capital deployment. The Company’s management assesses Free Cash Flow as a measure to quantify cash available for strengthening the balance sheet (debt and pension liability reduction), for strategic capital allocation and deployment through investments in the business (acquisitions and strategic investments) and for returning capital to the shareholders (dividends and share repurchases). The Company’s priorities for capital allocation and deployment will change as circumstances dictate for the business, and Free Cash Flow can be significantly impacted by the Company’s restructuring activities and other unusual items.

Debt Leverage Ratio. The Company uses the Debt Leverage Ratio as a metric to assess liquidity and the flexibility of its balance sheet. Consistent with other liquidity metrics, the Company monitors the Debt Leverage Ratio as a measure to determine the appropriate level of debt the Company believes is optimal to operate its business, and accordingly, to quantify debt capacity available for strengthening the balance sheet (debt and pension liability reduction), for strategic capital allocation and deployment through investments in the business (capital expenditures, acquisitions and strategic investments), and for returning capital to the shareholders (dividends and share repurchases). The Company’s priorities for capital allocation and deployment will change as circumstances dictate for the business, and the Debt Leverage Ratio can be significantly impacted by the amount and timing of large expenditures requiring debt financing, as well as changes in profitability.

39

The Company remains disciplined with its debt leverage. The Company’s consolidated debt and finance lease obligations decreased by $125 million during the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily due to the use of cash provided by operating activities, cash proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment, and the sale of the Company’s third-party logistics business. Since the Company completed the World Color Press acquisition in July 2010, the Company has reduced debt and finance lease obligations by $936 million and has reduced the obligations for pension, postretirement and MEPPs by $511 million, for a total obligation reduction since July 2010 of approximately $1.4 billion.

Overview of Trends Affecting Quad

As consumer media consumption habits change, marketing services providers face increased demand to offer end-to-end marketing services, from strategy and creative through execution, across all channels, traditional and digital. As new marketing and advertising channels emerge, marketing services providers must expand their services beyond traditional channels, such as for television, newspapers, print publications and radio, to digital channels, such as mobile, internet search, internet display and video, to create effective multichannel campaigns for their clients. This trend greatly influences Quad’s ongoing efforts to redefine the future of integrated marketing and create greater value for its clients who are looking for less complexity, greater transparency and accountability from their business partners.

The Company leverages its data-driven print expertise as part of an integrated marketing platform that helps its clients not only plan and produce marketing programs, but also deploy, manage and measure them across all media channels. Competition in the printing industry remains highly fragmented and intense, and the Company believes that there are indicators of heightened competitive pressures. The industry has excess manufacturing capacity created by continued declines in industry volumes, compounded by the COVID-19 pandemic, which, in turn, have created accelerated downward pricing pressures. The Company faces competition due to the increased accessibility and quality of digital alternatives to traditional delivery of printed documents through the online distribution and hosting of media content, and the digital distribution of documents and data. The Company faces competition from print management and marketing consulting firms that look to streamline processes and reduce the overall print spend of the Company’s clients.

For a full description of the Company’s industry and competition overview, refer to Part I, Item 1, “Business,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The Company believes that a disciplined approach for capital management and a strong balance sheet are critical to be able to invest in profitable growth opportunities and technological advances, thereby providing the highest return for shareholders. Management balances the use of cash between deleveraging the Company’s balance sheet (through reduction in debt and pension obligations), compelling investment opportunities (through capital expenditures, acquisitions and strategic investments) and returns to shareholders (through dividends and share repurchases).

The Company continues to make progress on integrating and streamlining all aspects of its business, thereby lowering its cost structure by consolidating its manufacturing platform into its most efficient facilities, as well as realizing purchasing, mailing and logistics efficiencies by centralizing and consolidating print manufacturing volumes and eliminating redundancies in its administrative and corporate operations. The Company has continued to evolve its manufacturing platform, equipping facilities to be product line agnostic, which enables the Company to maximize equipment utilization. Quad believes that the large plant size of certain of its key printing facilities allows the Company to drive savings in certain product lines (such as publications and catalogs) due to economies of scale and from investments in automation and technology. The Company continues to focus on proactively aligning its cost structure to the realities of the top-line pressures it faces in the printing industry through Lean Manufacturing and sustainable continuous improvement programs.

The Company believes it will continue to drive productivity improvements and sustainable cost reduction initiatives into the future through an engaged workforce and ongoing adoption of the latest manufacturing automation and technology. Through this strategy, the Company believes it can maintain the strongest, most efficient print manufacturing platform to remain a high-quality, low-cost producer.

40

Integrated distribution with the USPS is an important component of the Company’s business. Any material change in the current service levels provided by the postal service could impact the demand that clients have for print services. The USPS continues to experience financial problems. Without decreased operational cost structures, increased efficiencies, increased revenues or action by Congress to reform the USPS’ cost structure, these losses will continue into the future. As a result of these financial difficulties, the USPS has come under increased pressure to adjust its postal rates and service levels. Additional price increases may result in clients reducing mail volumes and exploring the use of alternative methods for delivering a larger portion of their products, such as continued diversion to the internet and other alternative media channels in order to ensure that they stay within their expected postage budgets. There are also delivery delays due to ongoing COVID-19 impacts on daily operational staffing at the USPS.

Federal statute requires the PRC to conduct reviews of the overall rate-making structure for the USPS to ensure funding stability. As a result of those reviews, the PRC authorized a five year rate-making structure that provides the USPS with additional pricing flexibility over the Consumer Price Index cap, which may result in a substantially altered rate structure for mailers. The revised rate authority that is effective as a result of the rules issued by the PRC includes a higher overall rate cap on the USPS’ ability to increase rates from year to year. This may lead to price spikes for mailers and may also reduce the incentive for the USPS to continue to take out costs and instead continue to rely on postage to cover the costs of an outdated postal service that does not reflect the industry’s ability or willingness to pay. The uncertainty as to how much of the authority the USPS will use also creates potential volume declines as rate predictability with respect to cost is no longer known for mailers. The result may be reduced demand for printed products as clients may move more aggressively into other delivery methods, such as the many digital and mobile options now available to consumers.

The Company has invested significantly in its mail preparation and distribution capabilities to mitigate the impact of increases in postage costs, and to help clients successfully navigate the ever-changing postal environment. Through its data analytics, unique software to merge mail streams on a large scale, advanced finishing capabilities and technology, and in-house transportation and logistics operations, the Company manages the mail preparation and distribution of most of its clients’ products to maximize efficiency, to enable on-time and consistent delivery and to partially reduce these costs; however, the net impact of increasing postal costs may create a decrease in client demand for print and mail products.

The Company’s results of operations have been adversely impacted as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and the emergence of new variants. Through the Company’s Crisis Management Team, including executive and operations leadership, the Company has been executing business continuity plans focused on protecting the health and well-being of our employees, while also continuing to service clients, and protect the long-term financial health of the Company as the COVID-19 pandemic continues. With ongoing advancements against the COVID-19 pandemic, the effects on the Company have lessened from previous periods, particularly from the heavily impacted second and third quarters of 2020. The Company is continuing to evaluate the impact and may implement additional cost reduction measures as necessary. The ultimate impact of COVID-19 on the Company’s business, financial condition, cash flows, results of operations and supply chain will depend on future developments, including the duration of the pandemic and the related length of its impact on the global economy, all of which are still uncertain.

Additionally, the increasing cost and availability of raw materials, such as paper, ink, supplies, distribution and labor, have been and are expected to continue to adversely impact the Company’s results of operation. The Company is dependent on its production personnel to print the Company’s products in a cost-effective and efficient manner that allows the Company to obtain new clients and to drive sales from existing clients. The nationwide shortage of available production personnel may put a strain on the Company’s ability to accept new work from client requests, including the Company’s seasonally higher third and fourth quarters. The ongoing labor shortage is also placing upward price pressure on freight, as the number of available drivers have been reduced, and may have an adverse effect on our operations. Due to the reduced number of freight drivers available, the Company may not be able to meet rising customer demand and could fail to meet our clients’ expectations.

The Company has also experienced and anticipates it will continue to experience certain distribution challenges, including, but not limited to, the above-noted delivery delays at the USPS and recent volume restrictions at the United Parcel Service, Federal Express and certain local couriers. As the labor shortages, supply chain and distribution challenges continue to evolve, the Company is unable to predict the duration of the shortages and challenges and the

41

extent of the impact on the Company’s business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. As a result of the rising inflationary cost pressures within our raw materials, distribution and labor, the Company has and will continue to pass along price increases to our clients. The Company expects inflationary cost pressures and supply chain shortages to potentially continue through fiscal year 2022. The Company is unable to predict the future impact of the labor and supply chain shortages as well as cost inflation, and the resulting impact on the Company’s business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

42

Results of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2021, Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2020

Summary Results

The Company’s operating income (loss) from continuing operations, operating margin, net earnings (loss) attributable to Quad common shareholders (computed using a 25% normalized tax rate for all items subject to tax) and diluted earnings (loss) per share attributable to Quad common shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2021, changed from the year ended December 31, 2020, as follows (dollars in millions, except per share data):

Operating Income (Loss) from Continuing OperationsOperating MarginNet Earnings (Loss) Attributable to Quad Common ShareholdersDiluted Earnings (Loss) Per Share Attributable to Quad Common Shareholders
For the year ended December 31, 2020$(46.0)(1.6)%$(128.3)$(2.53)
Gains from sale and leaseback (1)24.50.8%18.40.35
Restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges (2)105.23.6%78.91.58
Interest expense (3)N/AN/A6.90.18
Net pension income (4)N/AN/A3.00.05
Loss on debt extinguishment (5)N/AN/A0.80.02
Income taxes (6)N/AN/A29.10.55
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax (7)N/AN/A21.90.43
Investments in unconsolidated entity and noncontrolling interests, net of tax (8)N/AN/A0.30.01
Operating income (loss) from continuing operations (9)9.10.3%6.80.07
For the year ended December 31, 2021$92.83.1%$37.8$0.71

______________________________

(1)The Company executed sale and leaseback transactions of its Chalfont, Pennsylvania and West Allis, Wisconsin facilities resulting in $24.5 million ($18.4 million, net of tax) in gains during the year ended December 31, 2021.

(2)Restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges decreased $105.2 million ($78.9 million, net of tax), to $18.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2021, and included the following:

a.A $24.8 million decrease in employee termination charges from $34.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2020, to $9.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2021;

b.A $29.2 million decrease in impairment charges from $64.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2020, to $34.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2021;

c.A $0.8 million decrease in transaction-related charges from $1.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2020, to $0.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2021;

d.A $1.9 million decrease in integration-related charges from $1.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2020, to zero during the year ended December 31, 2021; and

e.A $48.5 million decrease in various other restructuring charges from $22.0 million of expense during the year ended December 31, 2020, to $26.5 million of income during the year ended December 31, 2021.

The Company expects to incur additional restructuring and integration costs in future reporting periods in connection with eliminating excess manufacturing capacity and properly aligning its cost structure in conjunction with the Company’s acquisitions and strategic investments, and other cost reduction programs.

43

(3)Interest expense decreased $9.2 million ($6.9 million, net of tax) during the year ended December 31, 2021, to $59.6 million. This change was due to lower average debt levels and a $0.7 million decrease in interest expense related to the interest rate swaps during the year ended December 31, 2021, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2020.

(4)Net pension income increased $4.0 million ($3.0 million, net of tax) during the year ended December 31, 2021, to $14.5 million. This was due to a $4.8 million decrease from interest cost on pension plan liabilities, partially offset by an increase in non-cash settlement charges of $0.8 million.

(5)Loss on debt extinguishment decreased $1.1 million ($0.8 million, net of tax) from $1.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2020, to $0.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2021. The $0.7 million loss on debt extinguishment recorded during the year ended December 31, 2021, relates to a $0.5 million loss on debt extinguishment recorded during the fourth quarter of 2021, primarily related to the repurchase of the Company’s unsecured 7.0% senior notes due May 1, 2022 and a $0.2 million loss on debt extinguishment from the fifth amendment to the Company’s April 28, 2014 Senior Secured Credit Facility, completed on November 2, 2021. The $1.8 million loss on debt extinguishment recognized during the year ended December 31, 2020, relates to a $2.4 million loss on debt extinguishment from the fourth amendment to the Company’s April 28, 2014 Senior Secured Credit Facility, completed on June 29, 2020, partially offset by a $0.6 million gain on debt extinguishment recorded during the first quarter of 2020, primarily related to the repurchase of the Company’s unsecured 7.0% senior notes due May 1, 2022.

(6)The $29.1 million increase in income tax benefit as calculated in the following table is primarily due to a $54.1 million increase from decreased valuation allowance reserves, partially offset by the following: (1) a $14.3 million income tax benefit related to the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act net operating loss carry back provisions in 2020 that did not repeat in 2021; (2) a $6.2 million decrease from impairment charges related to foreign investments in 2021; and (3) a $2.4 million decrease from income in foreign branches.

Year Ended December 31,
20212020$ Change
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in loss of unconsolidated entity$47.0$(106.1)$153.1
Normalized tax rate25.0%25.0%
Income tax expense (benefit) at normalized tax rate11.7(26.6)38.3
Less: Income tax expense (benefit) from the consolidated statements of operations9.50.39.2
Impact of income taxes$2.2$(26.9)$29.1

(7)The loss from discontinued operations, net of tax, of $21.9 million was recognized during the year ended December 31, 2020. The Company completed the sale of the Book business in 2020.

(8)The increase from investments in unconsolidated entity and noncontrolling interests, net of tax, of $0.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2021, was primarily due to a $0.5 million increase in earnings at the Company’s investment in Plural Industria Gráfica Ltda. (“Plural”), the Company’s Brazilian joint venture, partially offset by a $0.2 million decrease in loss attributed to noncontrolling interests in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations related to the Company’s majority ownership of Rise.

(9)Operating income from continuing operations, excluding the gains from sale and leaseback and restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges, increased $9.1 million ($6.8 million, net of tax) primarily due to the following: (1) a $24.3 million decrease in depreciation and amortization expense; (2) a $22.2 million increase in paper byproduct recoveries; (3) an $8.7 million net benefit in 2021 of gains from property insurance claims; (4) higher print volume and pricing; and (5) savings from other cost reduction initiatives. These cost decreases were partially offset by the following: (1) $38.5 million in COVID-related temporary cost reductions primarily from temporary salary reduction and furloughs in 2020; (2) net cost increases from labor, freight and materials inflationary cost impacts; and (3) a $12.0 million benefit in 2020 from a change in the hourly production employee vacation policy.

44

Operating Results From Continuing Operations

The following table sets forth certain information from the Company’s consolidated statements of operations on an absolute dollar basis and as a relative percentage of total net sales for each noted period, together with the relative percentage change in such information between the periods set forth below:

Year Ended December 31,
20212020
(dollars in millions)
Amount% of Net SalesAmount% of Net Sales$ Change% Change
Net sales:
Products$2,247.175.9%$2,228.776.1%$18.40.8%
Services713.324.1%700.923.9%12.41.8%
Total net sales2,960.4100.0%2,929.6100.0%30.81.1%
Cost of sales:
Products1,861.062.9%1,831.562.5%29.51.6%
Services528.917.9%503.317.2%25.65.1%
Total cost of sales2,389.980.8%2,334.879.7%55.12.4%
Selling, general & administrative expenses326.011.0%335.111.4%(9.1)(2.7)%
Gains from sale and leaseback(24.5)(0.8)%%(24.5)(100.0)%
Depreciation and amortization157.35.3%181.66.2%(24.3)(13.4)%
Restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges18.90.6%124.14.2%(105.2)(84.8)%
Total operating expenses2,867.696.9%2,975.6101.5%(108.0)(3.6)%
Operating income (loss) from continuing operations$92.83.1%$(46.0)(1.6)%$138.8nm

Net Sales

Product sales increased $18.4 million, or 0.8%, for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily due to the following: (1) a $19.4 million increase in sales in the Company’s print product lines, primarily due to increased print volume and pricing; (2) a $6.8 million increase from pass-through paper sales, partially offset by a $7.5 million decrease in sales due to the divestiture of the Company’s Omaha packaging plant and $0.3 million in unfavorable foreign exchange impacts

Service sales, which primarily consist of logistics, distribution, marketing services, imaging and medical services, increased $12.4 million, or 1.8%, for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily due to a $44.3 million increase in logistics sales and a $21.5 million increase in print imaging services and sales of marketing services, partially offset by a $53.4 million decrease in sales due to the divestiture of the Company’s third-party logistics business.

Cost of Sales

Cost of product sales increased $29.5 million, or 1.6%, for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily due to the following: (1) higher print volume compared to the COVID-19 pandemic impacted 2020; (2) a $12.0 million benefit in 2020 from a change in the hourly production employee vacation policy; (3) an increase in pass-through paper costs; (4) the impacts from rising costs of labor, materials and other costs of production. These increases were partially offset by a $22.2 million increase in paper byproduct recoveries and the impact from the divestiture of the Omaha packaging plant.

45

Cost of service sales increased $25.6 million, or 5.1%, for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily due to increased freight costs, partially offset by the impact from the divestiture of the Company’s third-party logistics business.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased $9.1 million, or 2.7%, for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily due to an $8.7 million net benefit in 2021 of gains from property insurance claims, a $7.8 million decrease in credit loss expense mainly due to specific client credit reviews and savings from other cost reduction initiatives, partially offset by a $14.3 million increase in employee-related costs. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales decreased from 11.4% for the year ended December 31, 2020, to 11.0% for the year ended December 31, 2021.

Gains from sale and leaseback

The Company executed sale and leaseback transactions of its Chalfont, Pennsylvania and West Allis, Wisconsin facilities resulting in $24.5 million ($18.4 million, net of tax) in gains during the year ended December 31, 2021.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization decreased $24.3 million, or 13.4%, for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, due to a $16.7 million decrease in depreciation expense, primarily from property, plant and equipment becoming fully depreciated over the past year and a decrease in purchases of property, plant and equipment and a $7.6 million decrease in amortization expense.

46

Restructuring, Impairment and Transaction-Related Charges

Restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges decreased $105.2 million, or 84.8%, for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily due to the following:

Year Ended December 31,
20212020$ Change
Employee termination charges$9.9$34.7$(24.8)
Impairment charges (a)34.964.1(29.2)
Transaction-related charges0.61.4(0.8)
Integration costs1.9(1.9)
Other restructuring charges (income)
Vacant facility carrying costs and lease exit charges19.811.58.3
Equipment and infrastructure removal costs1.61.10.5
Gains on the sale of facilities (b)(24.8)(1.6)(23.2)
Other restructuring activities (c)(23.1)11.0(34.1)
Other restructuring charges (income)(26.5)22.0(48.5)
Total restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges$18.9$124.1$(105.2)

______________________________

(a)Includes $2.8 million and $22.1 million of impairment charges for machinery and equipment no longer being utilized in production as a result of facility consolidations, as well as other capacity reduction and strategic divestiture activities during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively; and $42.0 million of land and building impairment charges during the year ended December 31, 2020. $56.6 million of the impairment charges recorded during the year ended December 31, 2020 were related to property, plant and equipment for the Oklahoma City, Oklahoma facility. $32.1 million of the impairment charges recorded during the year ended December 31, 2021 were related to the Company’s decision to sell the investment in Plural.

(b)Includes a $13.8 million gain on the sale of the Oklahoma City, Oklahoma facility, a $7.6 million gain on the sale of the Riverside, California facility, a $1.0 million gain on the sale of the Fernley, Nevada facility and a $2.4 million gain on the sale of other facilities during the year ended December 31, 2021; and a $0.8 million gain on the sale of the Shakopee, Minnesota facility and a $0.8 million gain on the sale of the Midland, Michigan facility during the year ended December 31, 2020.

(c)Includes a $20.9 million gain on the sale of a business and a $2.7 million gain from the reclassification of foreign currency translation adjustments during the year ended December 31, 2021; and a $2.9 million loss on the sale of a business during the year ended December 31, 2020.

47

EBITDA and EBITDA Margin—Consolidated

EBITDA is defined as net earnings (loss) attributable to Quad common shareholders, excluding (1) interest expense, (2) income tax expense (benefit) and (3) depreciation and amortization. EBITDA margin represents EBITDA as a percentage of net sales. EBITDA and EBITDA margin are presented to provide additional information regarding Quad’s performance. Both are important measures by which Quad gauges the profitability and assesses the performance of its business. EBITDA and EBITDA margin are non-GAAP financial measures and should not be considered alternatives to net earnings (loss) as a measure of operating performance, or to cash flows provided by operating activities as a measure of liquidity. Quad’s calculation of EBITDA and EBITDA margin may be different from the calculations used by other companies, and therefore, comparability may be limited.

EBITDA and EBITDA margin for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, were as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
20212020
Amount% of Net SalesAmount% of Net Sales
(dollars in millions)
EBITDA and EBITDA margin (non-GAAP)$264.28.9%$122.44.2%

EBITDA increased $141.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily due to the following: (1) $105.2 million of decreased restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges; (2) $24.5 million in gains from sale and leaseback transactions; (3) a $22.2 million increase in paper byproduct recoveries; (4) a $21.9 million decrease in loss from discontinued operations, net of tax; and (5) an $8.7 million net benefit in 2021 of gains from property insurance claims. These increases were partially offset by the following: (1) $38.5 million in COVID-related temporary cost reductions primarily from temporary salary reduction and furloughs in 2020; (2) net cost increases from labor, freight and materials inflationary cost impacts; and (3) a $12.0 million benefit in 2020 from a change in the hourly production employee vacation policy.

48

A reconciliation of EBITDA to net earnings (loss) attributable to Quad common shareholders for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, was as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
20212020
(dollars in millions)
Net earnings (loss) attributable to Quad common shareholders(1)$37.8$(128.3)
Interest expense59.668.8
Income tax expense9.50.3
Depreciation and amortization157.3181.6
EBITDA (non-GAAP)$264.2$122.4

______________________________

(1)Net earnings (loss) attributable to Quad common shareholders included the following:

a.Restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges of $18.9 million and $124.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively;

b.Gains from sale and leaseback of $24.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2021;

c.Net pension income of $14.5 million and $10.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively;

d.Loss on debt extinguishment of $0.7 million and $1.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively;

e.Equity in earnings of unconsolidated entity of $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 and equity in loss of unconsolidated entity of $0.2 million for the yeas ended December 31, 2020;

f.Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax, of $21.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020; and

g.Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests of $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020.

United States Print and Related Services

The following table summarizes net sales, operating income from continuing operations, operating margin and certain items impacting comparability within the United States Print and Related Services segment:

Year Ended December 31,
20212020
(dollars in millions)
AmountAmount$ Change% Change
Net sales:
Products$1,935.8$1,944.0$(8.2)(0.4)%
Services692.8683.69.21.3%
Operating income from continuing operations (including restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges)163.11.7161.4nm
Operating margin6.2%0.1%N/AN/A
Restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges$(14.5)$110.1$(124.6)(113.2)%

Net Sales

Product sales for the United States Print and Related Services segment decreased $8.2 million, or 0.4%, for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily due to a $8.8 million decrease from pass-through paper sales and a $7.5 million decrease in sales due to the divestiture of the Company’s Omaha packaging plant, partially offset by a $8.1 million increase in sales in the Company’s print product lines, primarily due to increased print volume and pricing.

Service sales for the United States Print and Related Services segment increased $9.2 million, or 1.3%, for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily due to to a $42.0 million increase in logistics sales and a $20.6 million increase in print imaging services and sales of marketing services, partially offset by a $53.4 million decrease in sales due to the divestiture of the Company’s third-party logistics business.

Operating Income from Continuing Operations

Operating income from continuing operations for the United States Print and Related Services segment increased $161.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily due to the following: (1) a $124.6 million decrease in restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges; (2) $24.5 million in gains from sale and leaseback transactions; (3) a $22.2 million increase in paper byproduct recoveries; (4) a $22.0 million decrease in depreciation and amortization expense; (5) a $8.7 million net benefit in 2021 in gains from property insurance claims; and (6) savings from other cost reduction initiatives. These increases were partially offset by the following: (1) $38.5 million in COVID-related temporary cost reductions primarily from temporary salary reduction and furloughs in 2020; (2) net inflationary cost increases from labor, freight and materials; and (3) a $12.0 million benefit in 2020 from a change in the hourly production employee vacation policy.

The operating margin for the United States Print and Related Services segment increased to 6.2% for the year ended December 31, 2021, from 0.1% for the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily due to the reasons provided above.

Restructuring, Impairment and Transaction-Related Charges

Restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges for the United States Print and Related Services segment decreased $124.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily due to the following:

Year Ended December 31,
20212020$ Change
Employee termination charges$8.2$30.0$(21.8)
Impairment charges (a)2.864.0(61.2)
Transaction-related charges0.1(0.1)
Integration costs1.9(1.9)
Other restructuring charges (income)
Vacant facility carrying costs and lease exit charges19.811.58.3
Equipment and infrastructure removal costs1.61.10.5
Gains on the sale of facilities (b)(24.8)(1.6)(23.2)
Other restructuring activities (c)(22.1)3.1(25.2)
Other restructuring charges (income)(25.5)14.1(39.6)
Total restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges$(14.5)$110.1$(124.6)

______________________________

(a)Includes $2.8 million and $22.0 million of impairment charges for machinery and equipment no longer being utilized in production as a result of facility consolidations, as well as other capacity reduction and strategic divestiture activities during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively; and $42.0 million of land and building impairment charges during the year ended December 31, 2020. $56.6 million of the impairment charges recorded during the year ended December 31, 2020 were related to property, plant and equipment for the Oklahoma City, Oklahoma facility.

(b)Includes a $13.8 million gain on the sale of the Oklahoma City, Oklahoma facility, a $7.6 million gain on the sale of the Riverside, California facility, a $1.0 million gain on the sale of the Fernley, Nevada facility and a $2.4 million gain on the sale of other facilities during the year ended December 31, 2021; and a $0.8 million gain on the sale of the Shakopee, Minnesota facility and a $0.8 million gain on the sale of the Midland, Michigan facility during the year ended December 31, 2020.

(c)Includes a $20.9 million gain on the sale of a business and a $2.9 million loss on the sale of a business during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

International

The following table summarizes net sales, operating income from continuing operations, operating margin, certain items impacting comparability and equity in loss of unconsolidated entities within the International segment:

Year Ended December 31,
20212020
(dollars in millions)
AmountAmount$ Change% Change
Net sales:
Products$311.3$284.7$26.69.3%
Services20.517.33.218.5%
Operating loss from continuing operations (including restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges)(16.1)(0.8)(15.3)nm
Operating margin(4.9)%(0.3)%N/AN/A
Restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges$31.3$12.2$19.1156.6%
Equity in (earnings) loss of unconsolidated entity(0.3)0.2(0.5)250.0%

Net Sales

Product sales for the International segment increased $26.6 million, or 9.3%, for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily due to a $15.6 million increase in pass-through paper sales and a $11.3 million increase in volume, primarily in Mexico and Europe, partially offset by $0.3 million in unfavorable foreign exchange impacts, primarily in Argentina.

Service sales for the International segment increased $3.2 million, or 18.5%, for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily due to a increase in logistics sales and imaging services in Europe.

Operating Loss from Continuing Operations

Operating loss from continuing operations for the International segment increased $15.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily due a $19.1 million increase in restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges and the receipt of a $2.2 million COVID-19 related government subsidy in Poland in 2020 that did not repeat in 2021, partially offset by a $6.0 million increase in operating income from cost saving initiatives and increased print volume.

Restructuring, Impairment and Transaction-Related Charges

Restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges for the International segment increased $19.1 million, or 156.6%, for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily due to the following:

Year Ended December 31,
20212020$ Change
Employee termination charges$1.2$4.5$(3.3)
Impairment charges (a)32.10.132.0
Other restructuring charges (income) (b)(2.0)7.6(9.6)
Total restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges$31.3$12.2$19.1

______________________________

(a)Includes $32.1 million of impairment charges related to the Company’s decision to sell the investment in Plural during the year ended December 31, 2021; and $0.1 million of impairment charges for machinery and equipment no longer being utilized in production as a result of facility consolidations, as well as other capacity reduction and strategic divestiture activities during the year ended December 31, 2020.

(b)Includes a $2.7 million gain from the reclassification of foreign currency translation adjustments during the year ended December 31, 2021; and $0.6 million and $5.9 million in charges from foreign currency losses as result of the economy in Argentina being classified as highly inflationary during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Equity in (Earnings) Loss of Unconsolidated Entities

Investments in entities where Quad has the ability to exert significant influence, but not control, are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. At December 31, 2021, the Company held a 49% ownership interest in Plural, a commercial printer based in São Paulo, Brazil. The equity in earnings of unconsolidated entity in the International segment was $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to equity in loss of unconsolidated entity of $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, due to an increase in earnings at the Company’s investment in Plural. In January 2022, the Company sold its investment in Plural. As a result of the planned sale, the Company recorded a $32.1 million impairment charge during the year ended December 31, 2021.

Unrestricted Subsidiaries

As of December 31, 2021, the Company has no unrestricted subsidiaries as defined in the Senior Unsecured Notes indenture.

Corporate

The following table summarizes unallocated operating expenses presented as Corporate:

Year Ended December 31,
20212020
(dollars in millions)
AmountAmount$ Change% Change
Operating expenses (including restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges)$54.2$46.9$7.315.6%
Restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges2.11.80.316.7%

Operating Expenses

Corporate operating expenses increased $7.3 million, or 15.6%, for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily due to a $6.6 million increase in employee-related costs and a $0.3 million increase in restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges.

Restructuring, Impairment and Transaction-Related Charges

Corporate restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges increased $0.3 million, or 16.7%, for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily due to the following:

Year Ended December 31,
20212020$ Change
Employee termination charges$0.5$0.2$0.3
Transaction-related charges0.61.3(0.7)
Other restructuring charges1.00.30.7
Total restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges$2.1$1.8$0.3

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The Company utilizes cash flows from operating activities and borrowings under its credit facilities to satisfy its liquidity and capital requirements. The Company had total liquidity of $576.6 million as of December 31, 2021, which consisted of up to $396.7 million of unused capacity under its revolving credit arrangement, which was net of $35.8 million of issued letters of credit, and cash and cash equivalents of $179.9 million. Total liquidity is reduced to $314.6 million under the Company’s most restrictive debt covenants, and consists of $179.9 million in cash and cash equivalents and $134.7 million available under its revolving credit arrangement. There were no borrowings under the $432.5 million revolving credit facility as of December 31, 2021, and peak borrowings were $59.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2021.

The Company believes its expected future cash flows from operating activities and its current liquidity and capital resources, are sufficient to fund ongoing operating requirements and service debt and pension requirements for both the next 12 months and beyond.

49

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

Year Ended December 31, 2021, Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2020

Net cash provided by operating activities was $136.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to $190.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, resulting in a $53.7 million decrease in cash provided by operating activities. The decrease was primarily due to a $29.6 million decrease in cash from earnings and a $24.1 million decrease in cash flows provided by changes in operating assets and liabilities, primarily due to the strategic decision to carry higher inventory levels to serve clients.

Net Cash Provided by Investing Activities

Year Ended December 31, 2021, Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2020

Net cash provided by investing activities was $129.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to $9.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, resulting in a $119.7 million increase in cash provided by investing activities. The increase was primarily due to the following: (1) a $118.9 million increase in proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment; (2) a $11.0 million decrease in purchases of property, plant and equipment; (3) a $10.2 million increase in the proceeds from property insurance claims; and (4) a $2.2 million decrease in cash used in the acquisition of business. These increases were partially offset by a $21.6 million decrease in the proceeds from the sale of businesses and a $0.9 million increase in cost investment in unconsolidated entities.

Net Cash Used in Financing Activities

Year Ended December 31, 2021, Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2020

Net cash used in financing activities was $140.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to $223.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, resulting in a $82.7 million decrease in cash used in financing activities. The decrease was primarily due to a (1) a $63.4 million decrease in net payments of debt and lease obligations in 2021 compared to 2020; (2) a $20.5 million decrease in cash used in changes in ownership of noncontrolling interests; and (3) a $8.1 million decrease in cash used in the payment of dividends. These decreases were partially offset by a $6.0 million increase in other financing activities and a $3.2 million increase in payments of debt issuance costs and financing fees.

Free Cash Flow

Free Cash Flow is defined as net cash provided by operating activities less purchases of property, plant and equipment.

The Company’s management assesses Free Cash Flow as a measure to quantify cash available for (1) strengthening the balance sheet (debt reduction), (2) strategic capital allocation and deployment through investments in the business (acquisitions and strategic investments) and (3) returning capital to the shareholders (dividends and share repurchases). The priorities for capital allocation and deployment will change as circumstances dictate for the business, and Free Cash Flow can be significantly impacted by the Company’s restructuring activities and other unusual items.

Free Cash Flow is a non-GAAP financial measure and should not be considered an alternative to cash flows provided by operating activities as a measure of liquidity. Quad’s calculation of Free Cash Flow may be different from similar calculations used by other companies, and therefore, comparability may be limited.

50

Free Cash Flow for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, was as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
20212020
(dollars in millions)
Net cash provided by operating activities$136.5$190.2
Less: purchases of property, plant and equipment(50.0)(61.0)
Free Cash Flow (non-GAAP)$86.5$129.2

Free Cash Flow decreased $42.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily due to a $53.7 million decrease in net cash provided by operating activities, partially offset by an $11.0 million decrease in capital expenditures. See the “Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities” section above for further explanations of the change in operating cash flows and the “Net Cash Provided by Investing Activities” section above for further explanations of the changes in purchases of property, plant and equipment. The above calculation of Free Cash Flow includes the cash flows related to the Book business for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Debt Leverage Ratio

The Debt Leverage Ratio is defined as total debt and finance lease obligations less cash and cash equivalents (Net Debt) divided by the trailing twelve months Adjusted EBITDA, comprised of the sum of the following: (1) the last twelve months of EBITDA (see the definition of EBITDA and the reconciliation of net earnings (loss) attributable to Quad common shareholders to EBITDA in the “Results of Operations” section above); (2) restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges; (3) earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax; (4) net pension income; (5) gain from sale and leaseback; (6) (gain) loss on debt extinguishment; (7) equity in (earnings) loss of unconsolidated entity; (8) Adjusted EBITDA for unconsolidated equity method investments (calculated in a consistent manner with the calculation for Quad); and (9) net earnings (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests.

The Company uses the Debt Leverage Ratio as a metric to assess liquidity and the flexibility of its balance sheet. Consistent with other liquidity metrics, the Company monitors the Debt Leverage Ratio as a measure to determine the appropriate level of debt the Company believes is optimal to operate its business, and accordingly, to quantify debt capacity available for strengthening the balance sheet through debt and pension liability reduction, for strategic capital allocation and deployment through investments in the business, and for returning capital to the shareholders. The priorities for capital allocation and deployment will change as circumstances dictate for the business, and the Debt Leverage Ratio can be significantly impacted by the amount and timing of large expenditures requiring debt financing, as well as changes in profitability.

The Debt Leverage Ratio is a non-GAAP measure, and should not be considered an alternative to cash flows provided by operating activities as a measure of liquidity. Quad’s calculation of the Debt Leverage Ratio may be different from similar calculations used by other companies and, therefore, comparability may be limited.

The Debt Leverage Ratio calculated below differs from the Total Leverage Ratio, the Total Net Leverage Ratio and Senior Secured Leverage Ratio included in the Company’s debt covenant calculations (see Note 12, “Debt,” to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information on debt covenants). The Total Leverage Ratio included in the Company’s debt covenants includes interest rate swap liabilities, letters of credit and surety bonds as debt, excludes non-cash stock-based compensation expense from EBITDA and includes net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests in EBITDA. The Total Net Leverage Ratio includes and excludes the same adjustments as the Total Leverage Ratio, in addition to netting domestic unrestricted cash with debt. Similarly, the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio includes and excludes the same adjustments as the Total Leverage Ratio, in addition to the exclusion of the outstanding balance of the Senior Unsecured Notes and surety bonds from debt and netting domestic unrestricted cash with debt.

51

The Debt Leverage Ratio as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, was as follows:

December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
(dollars in millions)
Total debt and finance lease obligations on the consolidated balance sheets$803.7$928.2
Less: Cash and cash equivalents179.955.2
Net Debt (non-GAAP)$623.8$873.0
Divided by: Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended (non-GAAP)$246.0$260.4
Debt Leverage Ratio (non-GAAP)2.54x3.35x

The calculation of Adjusted EBITDA for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, was as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
20212020
(dollars in millions)
Net earnings (loss) attributable to Quad common shareholders$37.8$(128.3)
Interest expense59.668.8
Income tax expense9.50.3
Depreciation and amortization157.3181.6
EBITDA (non-GAAP)$264.2$122.4
Restructuring, impairment and transaction-related charges18.9124.1
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax21.9
Net pension income(14.5)(10.5)
Gains from sale and leaseback(24.5)
Loss on debt extinguishment0.71.8
Other (1)1.20.7
Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP)$246.0$260.4

______________________________

(1)Other is comprised of equity in loss of unconsolidated entity, Adjusted EBITDA for unconsolidated equity method investments and net earnings (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests.

The Debt Leverage Ratio, at December 31, 2021, decreased 0.81x to 2.54x compared to December 31, 2020, primarily due to a $249.2 million decrease in debt and finance lease obligations, partially offset by a $14.4 million decrease in Adjusted EBITDA. The Debt Leverage Ratio, at December 31, 2021, is above management’s desired target Debt Leverage Ratio range of 2.0x to 2.5x; however, the Company expects to operate above the Debt Leverage Ratio target range due to the ongoing supply chain shortages. The Company will also operate at times above the Debt Leverage Ratio target range depending on the timing of compelling strategic investment opportunities, as well as seasonal working capital needs.

Description of Significant Outstanding Debt Obligations as of December 31, 2021

As of December 31, 2021, the Company utilized a combination of debt instruments to fund cash requirements, including the following:

•Senior Secured Credit Facility:

◦$432.5 million revolving credit facility (no outstanding balance as of December 31, 2021); and

52

◦$825.0 million Term Loan A ($575.4 million outstanding as of December 31, 2021);

•Senior Unsecured Notes ($211.5 million outstanding as of December 31, 2021); and

•Master Note and Security Agreement ($7.2 million outstanding as of December 31, 2021).

Senior Secured Credit Facility

On April 28, 2014, the Company entered into its Senior Secured Credit Facility, which included a revolving credit facility, Term Loan A and Term Loan B. The Company completed the fourth amendment to the Senior Secured Credit Facility on June 29, 2020. The Senior Secured Credit Facility was amended to (a) provide for certain financial covenant relief through the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2021 (the Covenant Relief Period); (b) reduce the aggregate amount of the existing revolving credit facility from $800.0 million to $500.0 million; (c) make certain adjustments to pricing such as the addition of a 0.75% LIBOR floor; and (d) prohibit repurchases of capital stock and payments of cash dividends during the Covenant Relief Period. Certain amendments were also made to the quarterly financial covenants to which the Company is subject.

The Company completed the fifth amendment to the Senior Secured Credit Facility on November 2, 2021. The Senior Secured Credit Facility was amended to (a) reduce the aggregate amount of the existing revolving credit facility from $500.0 million to $432.5 million, and extend the maturity of a portion of the revolving credit facility such that $90.0 million under the revolving credit facility is due on the existing maturity date of January 31, 2024 (the “Existing Maturity Date”) and $342.5 million under the revolving credit facility is due on November 2, 2026 (the “Extended Maturity Date”); (b) extend the maturity of a portion of the existing term loan facility such that $91.5 million of such term loan facility is due on the Existing Maturity Date and $483.9 million is due on the Extended Maturity Date; (c) make certain adjustments to pricing, including an increase of 0.50% to the interest rate margin applicable to the loans maturing on the Extended Maturity Date; (d) modify certain financial and operational covenants; and (e) modify the interest rate provisions relating to the phase-out of LIBOR as a reference rate.

Borrowings under the revolving credit facility and Term Loan A made under the Senior Secured Credit Facility bear interest at 2.75% in excess of reserve adjusted LIBOR, or 1.75% in excess of an alternate base rate with a LIBOR floor of 0.75% for the extended tranche and bear interest at 2.50% in excess of reserve adjusted LIBOR, or 1.50% in excess of an alternate base rate with a LIBOR floor of 0.75% for the non-extending tranche.

At December 31, 2021, the Company had no outstanding borrowings on the revolving credit facility, and had $35.8 million of issued letters of credit, leaving up to $396.7 million available for future borrowings. The Senior Secured Credit Facility is secured by substantially all of the unencumbered assets of the Company. The Senior Secured Credit Facility also requires the Company to provide additional collateral to the lenders in certain limited circumstances.

Senior Unsecured Notes

The Company issued $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of its Senior Unsecured Notes due May 1, 2022, on April 28, 2014, of which $211.5 million is outstanding as of December 31, 2021. The Senior Unsecured Notes bear interest at 7.0%, and interest is payable semi-annually. The Company received $294.8 million in net proceeds from the sale of the Senior Unsecured Notes, after deducting the initial purchasers’ discounts and commissions.

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company repurchased $27.2 million of its outstanding Senior Unsecured Notes in the open market, resulting in a net loss on debt extinguishment of $0.5 million. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company repurchased $4.7 million of its outstanding Senior Unsecured Notes in the open market, resulting in a net gain on debt extinguishment of $0.8 million. All repurchased Senior Unsecured Notes were canceled. The Company used cash flows from operating activities and borrowings under its revolving credit facility to fund the repurchases. These repurchases were completed primarily to reduce interest expense.

53

Each of the Company’s existing and future domestic subsidiaries that is a borrower or guarantees indebtedness under the Company’s Senior Secured Credit Facility or that guarantees certain of the Company’s other indebtedness or indebtedness of the Company’s restricted subsidiaries (other than intercompany indebtedness) fully and unconditionally guarantee or, in the case of future subsidiaries, will guarantee, on a joint and several basis, the Senior Unsecured Notes (the “Guarantor Subsidiaries”). All of the Guarantor Subsidiaries are 100% owned by the Company. Guarantor Subsidiaries will be automatically released from these guarantees upon the occurrence of certain events.

Master Note and Security Agreement

On September 1, 1995, and as last amended on November 24, 2014, the Company entered into its Master Note and Security Agreement pursuant to which the Company issued over time senior notes in an aggregate principal amount of $1.1 billion in various tranches, of which $7.2 million was outstanding as of December 31, 2021. The senior notes under the Master Note and Security Agreement had a weighted average interest rate of 7.81% at December 31, 2021, which is fixed to maturity, with interest payable semiannually. Principal payments commenced September 1997 and extend through April 2026 in various tranches. The notes are collateralized by certain United States press equipment under the terms of the Master Note and Security Agreement.

The Company redeemed $37.6 million of its senior notes under the Master Note and Security Agreement, at par (the outstanding principal balance as of the date of payment), during the year ended December 31, 2020. There was no direct gain or loss recognized as a result of the tender as all notes were redeemed at par; however, $0.2 million of unamortized debt issuance costs related to the tendered notes were recognized as a loss on debt extinguishment during the year ended December 31, 2020. All tendered senior notes under the Master Note and Security Agreement were canceled. The Company used cash flows from operating activities and borrowings under its revolving credit facility to fund the tender. The tender was primarily completed to reallocate debt to the lower interest rate revolving credit facility and thereby reduce interest expense based on the then current LIBOR rates.

Covenants and Compliance

The Company’s various lending arrangements include certain financial covenants (all financial terms, numbers and ratios are as defined in the Company’s debt agreements). Among these covenants, the Company was required to maintain the following as of December 31, 2021:

•Total Leverage Ratio. On a rolling twelve-month basis, the Total Leverage Ratio, defined as consolidated total indebtedness to consolidated EBITDA, shall not exceed 3.75 to 1.00 (for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021, the Company’s Total Leverage Ratio was 3.22 to 1.00).

•Liquidity, defined as unrestricted cash and permitted investments of the Company and its subsidiaries (subject to certain conditions) plus the aggregate amount of the unused revolving credit facility commitments, shall not be less than $181.6 million at any time during the period commencing December 15, 2023 and ending when all obligations owed under the Senior Secured Credit Facility to lenders that are not extending lenders are paid in full.

•If there is any amount outstanding on the Revolving Credit Facility or Term Loan A, or if any lender has any revolving credit exposure or Term Loan A credit exposure, the Company is required to maintain the following:

◦Senior Secured Leverage Ratio. On a rolling four-quarter basis, the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio, defined as the ratio of consolidated senior secured net indebtedness to consolidated EBITDA, shall not exceed (a) 3.50 to 1.00 for any fiscal quarter ending prior to December 31, 2023, and (b) 3.25 to 1.00 for any fiscal quarter ending on or after December 31, 2023 (other than, in the case of this clause (b), any fiscal quarter ending September 30 of any year, each of which shall be subject to a maximum Senior Secured Leverage Ratio not to exceed 3.50 to 1.00) (for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021, the Company’s Senior Secured Leverage Ratio was 1.68 to 1.00).

54

•Interest Coverage Ratio. On a rolling twelve-month basis, the Interest Coverage Ratio, defined as consolidated EBITDA to cash consolidated interest expense, shall not be less than 3.00 to 1.00 (for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021, the Company’s Interest Coverage Ratio was 5.35 to 1.00).

The indenture underlying the Senior Unsecured Notes contains various covenants, including, but not limited to, covenants that, subject to certain exceptions, limit the Company’s and its restricted subsidiaries’ ability to incur and/or guarantee additional debt; pay dividends, repurchase stock or make certain other restricted payments; enter into agreements limiting dividends and certain other restricted payments; prepay, redeem or repurchase subordinated debt; grant liens on assets; enter into sale and leaseback transactions; merge, consolidate, transfer or dispose of substantially all of the Company’s consolidated assets; sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of property and assets; and engage in transactions with affiliates.

The Company was in compliance with all financial covenants in its debt agreements as of December 31, 2021. While the Company currently expects to be in compliance in future periods with all of the financial covenants, there can be no assurance that these covenants will continue to be met. The Company’s failure to maintain compliance with the covenants could prevent the Company from borrowing additional amounts and could result in a default under any of the debt agreements. Such default could cause the outstanding indebtedness to become immediately due and payable, by virtue of cross-acceleration or cross-default provisions.

In addition to those covenants, the Senior Secured Credit Facility also includes certain limitations on acquisitions, indebtedness, liens, dividends and repurchases of capital stock.

•If the Company’s Total Leverage Ratio is greater than 2.75 to 1.00, the Company is prohibited from making greater than $60.0 million of dividend payments, capital stock repurchases and certain other payments, over the course of the agreement. If the Company’s Total Leverage Ratio is above 2.50 to 1.00 but below 2.75 to 1.00, the Company is prohibited from making greater than $100.0 million of dividend payments, capital stock repurchases and certain other payments, over the course of the agreement. If the Total Leverage Ratio is less than 2.50 to 1.00, there are no such restrictions. As the Company’s Total Leverage Ratio as of December 31, 2021, was 3.22 to 1.00, the limitations described above are currently applicable.

•If the Company’s Senior Secured Leverage Ratio is greater than 3.00 to 1.00 or the Company’s Total Net Leverage Ratio which, on a rolling twelve-month basis, is defined as consolidated net indebtedness to consolidated EBITDA, is greater than 3.50 to 1.00, the Company is prohibited from voluntarily prepaying any of the Senior Unsecured Notes and from voluntarily prepaying any other unsecured or subordinated indebtedness, with certain exceptions (including any mandatory prepayments on the Senior Unsecured Notes or any other unsecured or subordinated debt). If the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio is less than 3.00 to 1.00 and the Total Net Leverage Ratio is less than 3.50 to 1.00, there are no such restrictions. The limitations described above are currently not applicable, as the Company’s Senior Secured Leverage Ratio was 1.68 to 1.00 and Total Net Leverage Ratio was 2.53 to 1.00, as of December 31, 2021.

Net Pension Obligations

The net underfunded pension and MEPPs obligations decreased by $40.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2021, from $92.3 million at December 31, 2020, to $51.4 million at December 31, 2021. This decrease in overall pension obligations was primarily due to a 40 basis point increase in the pension discount rate from 2.37% at December 31, 2020 to 2.77% at December 31, 2021, payments totaling $6.2 million made to the MEPPs and $1.6 million in employer pension contributions during the year ended December 31, 2021. The decrease was partially offset by an actual return on pension plan assets of 5.11% during the year ended December 31, 2021, which was below the expected return on plan assets assumption of 5.50%.

55

The Company continues to focus on reducing pension obligations through cash contributions to the plans, lump-sum settlements and plan design changes.

Share Repurchase Program

On July 30, 2018, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase program of up to $100.0 million of the Company’s outstanding class A common stock. Under the authorization, share repurchases may be made at the Company’s discretion, from time to time, in the open market and/or in privately negotiated transactions as permitted by federal securities laws and other legal requirements. The timing, manner, price and amount of any repurchase will depend on economic and market conditions, share price, trading volume, applicable legal requirements and other factors. The program may be suspended or discontinued at any time.

There were no shares of the Company’s class A stock repurchased during the years December 31, 2021 and 2020. As of December 31, 2021, there were $100.0 million of authorized repurchases remaining under the program.

Risk Management

For a discussion of the Company’s exposure to market risks and management of those market risks, see Item 7A, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

56

Contractual Obligations and Other Commitments

The Company’s contractual cash obligations at December 31, 2021, were as follows (in millions):

Payments Due by Period
Total20222023202420252026Thereafter
Debt obligations(1)$907.0$277.4$73.4$164.2$85.3$306.7$
Operating lease obligations(2)148.234.429.521.917.814.530.1
MEPPs withdrawal obligations(3)45.06.16.14.13.93.920.9
Pension benefit obligations(4)4.21.70.70.60.60.6
Finance lease obligations(5)3.41.90.80.40.3
Purchase obligations(6)21.414.92.92.11.30.2
Total(7)(8)$1,129.2$336.4$113.4$193.3$109.2$325.9$51.0

______________________________

(1)Debt obligations include $97.4 million for anticipated future interest payments, including $5.2 million of estimated interest payments from the interest rate swaps, and excludes $9.1 million for future amortization of debt issuance costs. During 2021, the Company paid in advance $35.7 million on its Term Loan A for the year ended December 31, 2022. The Company also paid in advance $62.4 million of required amortization payments on its Term Loan A for the year ended December 31, 2023.

(2)Operating lease obligations include $20.3 million for anticipated future interest payments.

(3)MEPPs withdrawal obligations include $12.8 million for anticipated future interest payments. See Note 16, “Employee Retirement Plans,” to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further discussion of the MEPPs withdrawal liability.

(4)For the pension benefit obligations, contributions and benefit payments to be funded from Company assets included in the table have been actuarially estimated over a five year period. While benefit payments under these benefit plans are expected to continue beyond 2026, the Company believes that an estimate beyond this period is unreasonable.

(5)Finance lease obligations include $0.2 million for anticipated future interest payments.

(6)Purchase obligations consist primarily of $10.0 million in firm commitments to purchase press and finishing equipment and $11.4 million of other purchase obligations.

(7)The contractual obligations table above does not include reserves for uncertain tax positions recorded in accordance with the accounting guidance on uncertainties in income taxes. The Company has taken tax positions for which the ultimate amount and the year(s) any necessary payments will be made that pertain to those tax positions is uncertain. The reserve for uncertain tax positions prior to interest and penalties was $11.7 million as of December 31, 2021, of which $6.5 million was included in deferred income taxes and $5.2 million was included in other long-term liabilities.

(8)The contractual obligations table above does not include the share repurchase program as no repurchases are required under the program. See the “Share Repurchase Program” section above for further discussion, including the maximum potential cash payments under the program.

57

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The Company’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP. The Company’s most critical accounting policies are those that are most important to the portrayal of its financial condition and results of operations, and which require the Company to make its most difficult and subjective estimates. Management is required to make judgments and estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The Company’s management believes that such judgments and estimates are made with consistent and appropriate methods based on information available at the time, and that any reasonable deviation from those judgments and estimates would not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. To the extent that the estimates used differ from actual results, adjustments to the consolidated statements of operations and corresponding consolidated balance sheets would be necessary. These adjustments would be made in future statements.

The Company has identified the following as its critical accounting policies and estimates.

Revenue Recognition

Performance Obligations

At contract inception, the Company assesses the products and services promised in its contracts with customers and identifies performance obligations for each promise to transfer to the customer a product or service that is distinct. To identify the performance obligations, the Company considers the goods or services promised in the contract regardless of whether they are explicitly stated or are implied by customary business practices. The Company determined that the following distinct products and services represent separate performance obligations:

•Pre-Press Services

•Print

•Other Services

For Pre-Press and Other Services, the Company recognizes revenue at point-in-time upon completion of the performed service and acceptance by the customer. The Company considers transfer of control to occur once the service is performed as the Company has right to payment and the customer has legal title and risk and reward of ownership.

The Company recognizes its Print revenues upon transfer of title and the passage of risk of loss, which is point-in-time upon shipment to the customer, and when there is a reasonable assurance as to collectability. Revenues related to the Company’s logistics operations, which includes the delivery of printed material, are included in the Print performance obligation and are also recognized at point-in-time as services are completed. Revenues related to the Company’s imaging operations, which include digital content management, photography, color services and page production, are recognized in accordance with the terms of the contract, typically upon completion of the performed service and acceptance by the customer. Under agreements with certain customers, products may be stored by the Company for future delivery. In these situations, the Company may receive warehouse management fees for the services it provides.

Certain revenues earned by the Company require judgment to determine if revenue should be recorded gross as principal or net of related costs as an agent. Billings for third-party shipping and handling costs, primarily in the Company’s logistics operations, and out-of-pocket expenses are recorded gross in net sales and cost of sales in the consolidated statements of operations in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Many of the Company’s operations process materials, primarily paper, that may be supplied directly by customers or may be purchased by the Company and sold to customers. No revenue is recognized for customer-supplied paper. Revenues for the Company-supplied paper are recognized on a gross basis. In some instances, the Company will

58

deliver print work for a customer and bill the customer for postage. In these cases, the Company is acting as an agent and billings are recorded on a net basis in net sales.

Significant Payment Terms

Payment terms and conditions for contracts with customers vary. The Company typically offers standard terms of net 30 days.  It is not the Company’s standard business practice to offer extended payment terms longer than one year. The Company may offer cash discounts or prepayment and extended terms depending on certain facts and circumstances. As such, when the timing of the Company’s delivery of products and services differs from the timing of payment, the Company will record either a contract asset or a contract liability.

Variable Consideration

When evaluating the transaction price, the Company analyzes on a contract by contract basis all applicable variable considerations and non-cash consideration and also performs a constraint analysis. The nature of the Company’s contracts give rise to variable consideration, including, volume rebates, credits, discounts, and other similar items that generally decrease the transaction price. These variable amounts generally are credited to the customer, based on achieving certain levels of sales activity, when contracts are signed, or making payments within specific terms.

Product returns are not significant because the products are customized; however, the Company accrues for the estimated amount of customer allowances at the time of sale based on historical experience and known trends.

When the transaction price requires allocation to multiple performance obligations, the Company uses the estimated stand-alone selling prices using the adjusted market assessment approach.

Impairment of Property, Plant and Equipment and Finite-lived Intangible Assets

The Company performs impairment evaluations of its long-lived assets whenever business conditions, events or circumstances indicate that those assets may be impaired, including whether the estimated useful life of such long-lived assets may warrant revision or whether the remaining balance of an asset may not be recoverable. The Company’s most significant long-lived assets are property, plant and equipment and customer relationship intangible assets recorded in conjunction with an acquisition. Assessing the impairment of long-lived assets requires the Company to make important estimates and assumptions, including, but not limited to, the expected future cash flows that the assets will generate, how the assets will be used based on the strategic direction of the Company, their remaining useful life and their residual value, if any. Considerable judgment is also applied in incorporating the potential impact of the current economic climate on customer demand and selling prices, the cost of production and the limited activity on secondary markets for the assets and on the cost of capital. When the estimated future undiscounted cash flows to be generated by the assets are less than the carrying value of the long-lived assets, the assets are written down to fair value and a charge is recorded to current operations. The Company uses internal discounted cash flow estimates, quoted market prices when available and independent appraisals, as appropriate, to determine fair value. This fair value determination was categorized as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy (see Note 15, “Financial Instruments and Fair Value Measurements,” to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the definition of Level 3 inputs).

The Company classifies long-lived assets to be sold as held for sale in the period in which: (i) there is an approved plan to sell the asset and the Company is committed to that plan, (ii) the asset is available for immediate sale in its present condition, (iii) an active program to locate a buyer and other actions required to sell the asset have been initiated, (iv) the sale of the asset is probable, (v) the asset is being actively marketed for sale at a price that is reasonable in relation to its current fair value, and (vi) it is unlikely that significant changes to the plan will be made or that the plan will be withdrawn. Assets held for sale are initially measured at the lower of the carrying value or the fair value less cost to sell. Losses resulting from this measurement are recognized in the period in which the held for sale criteria are met while gains are not recognized until the date of sale. Once designated as held for sale, the Company stops recording depreciation expense on the property, plant and equipment. The fair value less cost to sell of long-lived assets held for sale is assessed at each reporting period until it no longer meets this classification.

59

Based on the assessments completed during the years ended December 31, 2021, and 2020, the Company recognized property, plant and equipment impairment charges from continuing operations of $2.8 million and $64.1 million, respectively, primarily related to facility consolidations, as well as other capacity reduction and strategic divestiture activities. There were no finite-lived intangible asset impairment charges recorded during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.

The Company continues to monitor groups of assets to identify any new events or changes in circumstances that could indicate that their carrying values are not recoverable, particularly in light of potential declines in profitability that may result from the highly competitive industry landscape and continued uncertainty in the global economy. In the event that there are significant and unanticipated changes in circumstances, such as significant adverse changes in business climate, adverse actions by regulators, unanticipated competition, loss of key customers and/or changes in technology or markets, or that actual results differ from management’s estimates, a provision for impairment could be required in a future period.

New Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 23, “New Accounting Pronouncements,” to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Summarized Financial Information of Subsidiary Guarantors Indebtedness

On April 28, 2014, Quad completed an offering of the Senior Unsecured Notes (see Note 12, “Debt,” for further details on the Senior Unsecured Notes). Each of the Company’s Guarantor Subsidiaries fully and unconditionally guarantee or, in the case of future subsidiaries, will guarantee, on a joint and several basis, the Senior Unsecured Notes. All of the current Guarantor Subsidiaries are 100% owned by the Company. Guarantor Subsidiaries will be automatically released from these guarantees upon the occurrence of certain events, including the following:

•the designation of any of the Guarantor Subsidiaries as an unrestricted subsidiary;

•the release or discharge of any guarantee or indebtedness that resulted in the creation of the guarantee of the Senior Unsecured Notes by any of the Guarantor Subsidiaries; or

•the sale or disposition, including the sale of substantially all the assets, of any of the Guarantor Subsidiaries.

60

The following tables present summarized financial information for Quad and the Guarantor Subsidiaries on a combined basis after intercompany transactions have been eliminated, including adjustments to remove the equity in earnings from the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries.

Year Ended
Statement of Operations Financial InformationDecember 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Net sales$2,673.0$2,660.6
Cost of sales2,156.22,114.4
Gross Profit516.8546.2
Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations54.5(106.5)
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax(21.9)
Net earnings (loss)54.5(128.4)
Less: net earnings (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests(0.2)
Net earnings (loss) attributable to Quad common shareholders$54.5$(128.2)
Balance Sheet Financial InformationDecember 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Total current assets$703.1$580.0
Total long-term assets1,402.41,555.5
Total current liabilities843.6598.1
Total long-term liabilities783.11,143.3
Noncontrolling interests0.7

Included in long-term assets in the table above are $0.9 million and $11.6 million of current intercompany loan receivables due to Quad from the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Also included in long-term assets are $435.1 million and $428.8 million of intercompany investments by Quad and the Guarantor Subsidiaries in the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries. Included in current liabilities are $3.3 million and $2.9 million of current intercompany payables due to the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries from Quad and the Guarantor Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.